Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (Solutions Manual)

Student Solutions Manual and Study Guide Munson Young Okiishi Huebsch FUNDAMENTALS OF iPS eeLY 1.1 The force, F, of the wind blowing against a building is given by F = CppV7A/2, where Vis the wind speed, p the density of the ait, AA the cross-sectional area of the building, and Cp is a constant termed the drag coefficient. Determine the dimensions of the drag coefficient. FeQeVAr or Cy = 2F/@V'A, where F2=MLT™* e= mL? VeLT Thus, Aa? Cy 2UMLT)/ [mk T 1 (22)] = MPL? TT? Hence, Cy is dimensionless. I-l12 1.2 Verify the dimensions, in both the FLT and MLT systems, of the following quantities which appear in Table 1.1: (a) vol. ume, (b) acceleration, (¢) mass, (d) moment of inertia (area), and (e) work. (a) volume = Le (6) acceleration = time rate of change of velocity = LT". 477? 5 = 4F () mass = MM or with F2MLT™? mass ELW' 7? (A) moment 6F inertia (area) = second moment of area = (L202) 2 Lt (@) work = force x distance El er with FaMm.rq+ works mL? T7?13 13 Determme the dimensions, in both the FLT system and the MLT system, for (a) the product of force times acceleration, (b) the product of force times velocity divided by area, and (© momentum divided by volume. : aes -2 (a) force x acceleration = (F)(LT~A) + FLT Since F2MLT™, Force x acceleration = (iT YLT) = mutT * (b) Force x velocity = yar) = per area Le — Ue (eT Net) = pq 3 225 — cc) momentum = Mass x velocity volume volume. tle (erie) 2 pp? B = . =) = iM Ls = me ?77 I-3Li 14 Verify the dimensions. in both the FLT system and the MLT system, of the following quantities which appear in Table 1.1: (a) fre- quency, (b) stress, (¢) strain, (d) torque, and (e) work. cycles _. (4) Freguency elise = fees F- 2 FL 6) stress = olne Zz F. Since. F* LT", i stress = oer ML To tc) strain = Charge ta length + & 22° (drensionless) length (d) torgue = force x distance = FL 2 uT Mt) = MT We ao Oger YL) = per? (€) werk = force x distance ig |-415 1.5 Ifwis a velocity, x a length, and atime, what are the dimensions (in the MLT system) of (a) au/ar, (b) Pu/axat, and (c) f (au/at) dx? ja 262 LT = pT a Fe —o iS tf, &) 2% 2 LT" 2 7-2 ax et (7) nm & ou = ara 2 (3r ©) ems dx 3 Oo )1.6 1.6 If pis a pressure, V a velocity, and p a fluid density, what are the dimensions (in the MLT system) of (a) p/p, (b) Vp, and (c) p/pV*? p . Met ene (a) Aaa se ne LT 2,3 (e) pV Gar 2)(.t") (040?) = PLT aT? pie ae eu i ee © BV = lar) ML°7° ( dimensionless )“7 1.7 If Vis a velocity, € a length, and v a fluid property (the kinematic viscosity) having dimensions of L?T~', which of the following combinations are dimensionless: (a) VEv, (b) Vé/v, (c) Vv, @) Vie cay VAY = (LT-We MT) + LIT * (got dinensonless) w) VA 3 tate) oi T2771) = L°T? ( demebsioniless)) le) Y2y = ir) (itr) 3 bap? (oot dimensionless) ones CG) NA re) ad LY > ayer = ©” (net _dinensionless)18 If Vis a velocity, determine the dimensions of Z, a, and G, which appear in the dimensionally homogeneous equation V=Za-1)+G V= Z2@-1)+6 ler] [z][x-"] + (6] Since each term ii The eguation must have the same dimensions, tt follows that Z= 477! oL = F2L°T? ( dimenswnless nie Combiried with 4 number) @= 477!19. 1,4 The volume rate of flow, Q, through a pipe containing a slowly moving liquid is given by the equation _ TRYAp Bue where R is the pipe radius, Ap the pressure drop along the pipe, a fluid property called viscosity (FL~*7), and £ the length of pipe. What are the dimensions of the constant 77/8? Would you classify this equation as a general homogeneous equation? Explain. ere [Eye [Fv] Pitre Tye] lends The Constant Tg is dimensionless, and tne equation 13 & general homogeneous Cguation That 1s valid in any Consistent Unit system. Yes. as1.10 According to information found in an old hydraulics book, the energy oss per unit weight of fluid flowing through a nozzle connected to a hose can be estimated by the formula h = (0.04 to 0.09(D/d)'V2/2¢ where h is the energy loss per unit weight, D the hose diameter, d the nozzle tip diameter, V the fluid velocity in the hose, and g the acceleration of gravity. Do you think this equation is valid in any system of units? Explain. 4 = (0.0% 4 0.09) Gye Fl oor ood) SEINE] [L ] = [0.04 tb 0.09] [L] Since each term tn The eguation must have the Same dimensions, the Constant term (0.04 b 0.09) must be dimensionless. Thus, The eguaticy Ks & general homogeneous eguation Trat 1s Valid tn any system of anits. Yes. | 111 The pressure difference, Ap, across a cosity (FL*T), p the blood density (ML~), D " partial blockage in an artery (called a stenosis) is the artery diameter, Ao the area of the unob- approximated by the equation structed artery, and A, the area of the stenosis ( i y Determine the dimensions of the constants K, Ara) ov: Ay ig Ap = K, D +K, and K,. Would this equation be valid in any sys - é . tem of units? where V is the blood velocity, the blood vis- p= ke A + ele) ey a ae fre) = [x] CEVSK)] eS -) IE) fec*) = [k}Lecd + [kJ fee] Since each term must have the same dimensions, K, and K, are dimensionless. Thus, the equation is a general hemo geneous eg uation that would be valicl tn ang Consistent system of units. Yes }-10SAL i 1.12 Assume that the speed of sound, c, in a fluid depends ‘on an elastic modulus, E,, with dimensions FL~?, and the fluid density, p, in the form c = (E,)*(p)*. If this is to be a dimensionally homogeneous equation, what are the values for a and 5? Is your result consistent with the standard formula for the speed of sound? (See Eq. 1.19.) c= (E,)*@)* ee -# Since C247! E23 FL P= Flt? . @ 2b fe]s [EL] [ee] w For «2 climensionally homogeneous 2fuation each term In The eguation must have the same dimensions. Thus, the vight hand side of £3 (1) must have the dimensions of LT There fre, arbh=o0 (te elimnate F) 2Zh2-1 Cte satisty conchton onT) Zat¢b=-|l Che ahsty enditen on L) Lt fillews tht a4 and b=-4 So That This result is Consistent with The standard dormula Lr the Speed ef sound. Yes.1.13 A formula to estimate the volume rate of flow, Q, flowing over a dam of length, B, is given by the equation Q = 3.09BH™ where H is the depth of the water above the top Q= 307 BH of the dam (called the head). This formula gives Q in ft’/s when B and H are in feet. Is the constant, 3.09, dimensionless? Would this equation be valid if units other than feet and seconds were used? (e?7*] = Borl[e] ILI" (37-] 2 [309] [Lt] Since each term in the eguation must have the same dimensions the constant 3.04 rust have dimensions y of L*T~' and is therefore not dimensionless, No. Since the constant has dimensions its value will change with a change in units. No.1.15 Make use of Table 1.3 to express the following quantities in SI units: (a) 10.2 in./min, (b) 4.81 slugs, (c) 3.02 Ib, (d) 73.1 ft/s*, (e) 0.0234 Ib-s/ft®. @) 10.2%, = (oz 2) (2swx0 2) Se } = -3 ym am = 432x/0° 2 = 432 432 oe (6) 48) slags= (421 slugs) (cxsex10 4 4B )= 70.2 4g (é) 3.02 b= (2028 )(444e &) = seen (A) 73:1 = (13,4) (a o4rew' eis eas 32 (€) 0,0234 ies = (0.023 '©2) (4.10900 i Sesaael ale[Ze] 1.16 Make use of Table 1.4 to express the following quantities in BG units: (a) 14.2 km, (b) 8.14 N/m’, (c) 1.61 kg/m’, (d) 0.0320 N-m/s, (e) 5.67 mm/hr. (4) 142 hm = (/4axto°m) (3281 )= 466 «10! H Ib () 8K y= (814K) (6 366x0? te)- sex? th, Me ms “a. she . ce) Le) ff, = (tel se ) (940.210 EY. aia e0 4 hase es Re ae (d) 0.0320 2 = (0.0320 Mot) saens0' AE# ) Mam s = Zz se ey (€) 5.67 Ma = (47x10? 2) (3241) (Le ) om 3he05 ane = S,/7 x/lo1.17 Express the following quantities in SI units: (a) 160 acre, (b) 15 gallons (U.S), (¢) 240 miles, (4) 79.1 hp, (e) 60.3 °F. 2 ~ (@) 160 were = (lb acre)(435b xt te )(4.240 xd 2) = 647x108 m* (b) 15 gallons = (15 gallons (3, 195 jae lw’ 5 Fo in? = 5b.8 KID rm? C2) 240 me = (240 me) (52802) (3.048 xii ae 3.3L «105 m ae tJ (A) 74.) hp = (74.1 hp) (550 * = = )(vase 2): saxo’ 2 and |= \W se eats 79.1 hp= 5.90 «10° W ce) hes (60.3 -32) = 15,7°C 2 19,7°C +273 = 23ale418 1.18 For Table 1.3 verify the conversion relationships for: (a) area, (b) density, (c) velocity, | and (d) specific weight. Use the basic conversion relationships: 1 ft = 0.3048 m; 1 Ib = 4.4482 N; | and 1 slug = 14.594 kg. (a) | #t*= (1 405((0.s018)"20" = 0,09290 m* fer Thas, raul tiply 4? by 9.290 E-2 +o convert ae (8) / slag . (] slug 14.594 #5 ) Lf fe eat x) a sit = 5/54 2% Thus, maltiply slug ft? by SIS¥ E+2 4 convert to Re lm} ce) y 4. (| 4) (0.30% B)- Asovy & Thus, multiply ft/s by 3.048 E-I| to comert to m/s. (#23 | @) iA (i # a) ) (avaea & ae = A or Thus, multiply 16/4? by [571 Etd + convert te N/m 3,O10 1.19 For Table 1.4 verify the conversion relationships for: (a) acceleration, (b) density, (©) pressure, and (d) volume flowrate. Use the basic conversion relationships: 1 m = 3.2808 ft; 1N = 0.22481 Ib; and 1 kg = 0.068521 slug. fart es (1% )(3.2008 H)= 3.20 Thus, roultiply m/s? by 3.28) #0 convert to ft/s. ) | as ce , )(o. 06852) Et | = 3 slugs = [, T4o x10 =f Thus, multiply Ry/m? by 1.940 E-3 to convert bo slugs/ £43, eNe oe 0.2249) te \f—Lae* _ ce rte dit I a (3.2908)? ft = 2,089 £107 a Thus, multiply N/m by 2,089 E-2 to convert fo Ib /fe*, PH |. 353) 7 id) | ae () #2 2) [GareeY H ‘|. 35.3) & Thas, multiply m/s by 3.53, Etl to convert to ft/s,1.20 Water flows from a large drainage pipe at a rate of 1200 gal/min. What is this volume rate of flow in (a) m°/s, (b) liters/min, and (e) ft°/s? (a) 3 flowrate = (1200 gel ) (6, 309x100" e ) gal ain =: 757 ear X10 S (6) Since | liter = 107 m3, = ~2 m3) (107 flowrate = (757 peyote ) (te tikes das) ; liters pepo “2 #t3 CC) flowrate = (757x102) (3 531x10 =) mm? sx fe = 247 #1.24 An important dimensionless parameter _the Froude number using SI units for V, g, and in certain types of fluid flow problems is the Froude €. Explain the significance of the results of these number defined as V/Vgt, where V is a velocity, calculations. 8 the acceleration of gravity, and (a length. De- termine the value of the Froude number for V = 10 ft/s, g = 32.2 ft/s?, and ( = 2 ft. Recalculate Ln 86 anids, fo = avis V9 aa BY) Zn SI units: V= lo ) (23009 2): 305 S 2431 4 Q = (244) (0.3048 wn) O.b10.mm Thus, eer 3,05 3 = /25 nV Wee Visi %)(G610m) The value of a dimensionless Parameter 1s Independent of the unit system.423 1.23 A tank contains 500 kg of a liqui i ity is 4 liquid whose specific 2. Determine the volume of the liquid inthe unk. m= eV = $5 Que V Thus, Ve M/(S6 Oyy) = 500kg M2( 999 #8 )) = 0.250m? 124 1.24 Clouds can weigh thousands of pounds due to their liquid water content. Often this content is measured in grams | | per cubic meter (g/m*). Assume that a cumulus cloud occupies a volume of one cubic kilometer, and its liquid water content is 0.2 g/m’, (a) What is the volume of this cloud in cubic | ~ miles? (b) How much does the water in the cloud weigh in oe pounds? “(ar Yolume = I Chr | Since lim = 3.2 t Woe ai am | t => banter lure + aaa Eee tt i pao oe 8S (a1 Be )= | 2b2.06 (i162 x92 \Ciotm) = |. fez x10° N th 92 xii W (2.248 xD" 3 ) = 44] x0" 1b 1-20“25 1.25 A tank of oil has a mass of 25 slugs. (a) Determine its weight in pounds and in newtons at the earth’s surface. (b) What would be its “is thass (in slugs) and its weight (in pounds) if located on the moon’s surface where the gravitational attraction is approximately one-sixth that at the earth’s surface? 4) weight = mass x 7 =( 25 slugs) ( 32.2 a) Fos“ = (25 slugs) (14. sp 48 ie, ) (4H *)= 3880 66) mass = 25 slugs (rmass does not depend on gravitation! attraction ) weight: (25 slugs \ (Eee #) = /34 Ib = = [228 | 1.26 _ A certain object weighs 300 N at the earth's surface. Determine the mass of the object (in kilograms) and its weight (in newtons) when located on a planet with an acceleration of gravity equal to 4.0 ft/s?, weight é Boo N= 30.6 kg 231 4 weight = (32.0 4g) (40 #) (0, 3048 2) = 3173 N Mass =1.27 The density of a certain type of jet fuel is 775 kg/m’. Determine its specific gravity and specific weight. 775 28, =o FO O77 56> Ber” joo ae, ~ 208 AN yepg = (775 42) (49 m)= 760 24 [7221,28 1.28. A hydrometer is used to measure the specific gravity of liquids. (See Video V2.8.) For a certain liquid a hydrometer reading indicates a specific gravity of 1.15. What is the liquid’s density and specific weight? Express your answer in SI units. Rg C1600 a }-231.24 An open, rigid-walled, cylindrical tank contains 4 f° of water at 40 °F Over a 24-hour period of time the water temperature varies from 40 °F to 90 °F. Make use of the data in Appendix B to determine how mitch the volume of water will change. For a tank diameter of 2 ft, would the corresponding change in water depth be very noticeable? Explain. mass of water = Wx P Where 1s tne volume and / The density. Since the mass mast vematn constant os The temperature changes x Sapo Why. 4° lgo* a1) From Table B.1 = | yp Shes (be © Yo*F f= Lay @ 9055 = 4a os Therebore fvom £5.0) sh en HENGE) f° 193) 2%, Thus, The sacvease tn volume 1 5 4 gel -#000= 0.0186 Ft The Change 1 water dept, AL, 4 pul + We AY _ 0.01% fe? area ™ @ft)* UF This 3mall change mm depth would not be very hoticeable, No. = £018 HP ~3 . = 542K 4L= 0.07/0in Mote: 4 shghtly diflerert value for 44 vill be obtained if specifie weight of water Is used reTher Than density. This 13 dae t the fact thot there is some ancertuitty It the fourth signtitant figure oF These Pwo Values, and the Solution 1 Sensitive te This uncertainty. I-241,31 1.31 A mountain climber’s oxygen tank contains 1 Ib of oxygen when he begins his trip at sea level where the acceleration of gravity is 32.174 fus*, What is the weight of the oxygen in the tank when he reaches to top of Mt. Everest where the acceleration of gravity is 32.082 fi/s*? Assume that no oxygen has been removed from the tank; it will be used on the descent portion of the climb. We mg Let ( ),, denote sea level and (ye denotethe top of MH. Everest Thus, We = 1 =m) 951 andl Wate = Tang Ime However m, so thal since m 1 = nt sl Jst Mme Puig = yw gmk _ 32,082 ft/s* Yate = Mer Gl Ib saya eM eo! = 0.9971 Ib [-25132 ‘The information on a can of pop indicates that the can + contains 355 mL. The mass of a full can of pop is 0.369 kg while an empty can weighs 0.153 N. Determine the specific weight, density, and specific gravity of the pop and compare your results with the corresponding values for water at 20 °C. Express your results in SI units Weight of Fluré a) lame ef Flacd total weight = mass xg = (0.361 bg )(951% ) = 22v Wwerght ef can= O1/53N : Le Volume of Fluid = (355x171) (107 ‘)= 755x106 “m Thas, From Eg. (1) ye 242N - 01/53N N ———— 9770 im? FSS X10 "7m ——_ Ww B Wane, Geel ses N35? | ag P32 ay ee = 996 4, 7 42 SG? a = 79m 2 9 946 Ano @¥C Joo 4 7m For water at 20°C (see Table B.2 1 Aopendic 2) : PL oi 4& . sp: Uae 7787-5, } Gs 998.2 4 SG =0.9982 A companson of These Values Sr water with these for The pop shows Thal The pecihe weight, density, and gpecihé gravity & The pop are a/ Slightly Jower Than The corresponding Values for wader. 1-26*/, 33 "1.38 The variation in the density of water, p, with temperature, 7, in the range 20°C = T < 50°C, is given in the following table. Density (kg/m?) | 998.2 | 997.1 | 995.7 | 994.1 | 992.2 | 9902 | 988.1 Temperare(*c)! 20 Tas [30 Tas Tao | as | so Use these data to determine an empirical equation of the form p= c, + csT + csT? which can be used to predict the density over the range indicated. Compare the predicted values with the data given. What is the density of water at 42.1 °C? Fit the data to 2 second order Polynomial Using & standard curve-titids pregrim such as fund in EXCEL, Thus, A= (el = 0.05997T ~ 0.004) T* ran) SE SIF TO OC ALT As shown 1m tne table below , P. (predicted) from £y.l0 1s 44 90d Agreement with ? (glen). T.°C —p, kg/m*3._p, Predicted 20 998.2 998.3 25 997.4 997.1 30 995.7 995.7 36 994.1 994.1 40 992.2 9923 45 990.2 990.3 50 988.1 988.1 AL Ts ¥2.0°€ 2 é pe (eel ~ 00538 (4asre) ~ 0.004! (2 1°t) = F415 ~% 1-27Loe 1.34 If 1 cup of cream having a density of 1005 kg/m? is tumed into 3 cups of whipped cream, determine the specific gravity and specific weight of the whipped cream. 4 Maas of cream, om = (100528) (Vi, ) where 4% ~ volume. Since Caeane ba ODN aa eea Cam [orga = BR (1006 EH eup cream 3 cups si, ’ | 005 Sm. 395 8 3 m3 w hipped 4 SiGe Cosine . 335 Ba, at heat Boeve Too 2 eg m Yishived = Pag * 4 = (28888) (e812) cream = 3240 * 1-281.36 1.36 Determine the mass of air in a 2 m° tank if the air is at room temperature, 20 °C, and the absolute pressure within the tank is 200 kPa (abs). m= OV where V=2m? and C= P/RT with Te 20 = (204273) K= 293K and p= 200kPa = 200x10? Thvs, @ = (200% 1M / [(2.teprio LRN 293 Ky] = 2,38 12 mM Hence, m=eV= 2.3885 (2m) « 476 kgpay 1.37 _ Nitrogen is compressed to a density of 4 kg/m? under an absolute pressure of 400 kPa. Determine the temperature in degrees Celsius. 3 #P. 4oo x Jo nu Tm ® PR (4 #2) 0.8 Te. =~ A723 = 387K = 273 1,38 1.38 The temperature and pressure at the surface of Mars during a Martian spring day were determined to be ~50 °C and 900 Pa, respectively, (a) Determine the density of the Martian atmosphere for these conditions if the gas constant for the Martian atmosphere is assumed to be equivalent to that of carbon dioxide. (b) Compare the answer from part (a) with the density of the earth's atmosphere during a spring day when the temperature is 18 °C and the pressure 101.6 KPa (abs). 900% not (a Ly [ewe ee > A, _tehbnwle eth = RT G aa {¢ lat +213)k) Thus, mars . 0.0214 Bs Peart 1.22 i im = 0.0214 4 I-29) 1.34 A closed tank having a volume of 2 f° is filled with 0.30 Ib of a gas. A pressure gage attached to the tank reads 12 psi when the gas temperature is 80 °F. There is some question as to whether the gas in the tank is oxygen or helium. Which do you think it is? Explain how you arrived at your answer. = wept - 080b Density ef Gas in tank p= Tx volume (3228 \(ef) a = > stags Abb x Id aoe Smee ps Zo wit p= (rar 147) poe ( atmosphene pressure assumed +o be © 14-7 psi) and with T= (oF + kbo)%e tA Allows tht Ib in> : (24.7 ine) (044 2") Pa) meclinigmieee He she, Wizy 2 (F40R) a From Table 67 R= 1554x107 for oxygen ana R= /.242x10¢ 4 fy bela. sug °R Thus, From £o.l1) if the gas Js Oxygen = 7/20 slugs 2 sey p> sluas 155943 — fs FER ana tr feluim ae Sas = 577 X10 " Sees C L2¢2xi0* fe? 4 Comparisow of These values with The actual dens/ty of the gas ii The Lank indicates That The Gas rnust be Oxygen. I-31140 1.40 A compressed air tank contains 5 kg of air at a temperature of 80°C. A gage on the tank reads 300 kPa. Determine the volume of the tank. Valumennn coe e 2 _ (oor tol)x10 fy =i3.9e, #. = = eel ae RT (azn. =, ) [gots a7a)k] dpk 543 3 Vi - = haba olume 39e RE a 14th SH A rigid tank contains air at a pressure of 90 psia and a temperature of 60 °F. By how much will the pressure increase as the temperature is increased to 110 °F? C&q. 1.8) p= PRT Por @ rigid closed tank The ath mass and Volume are tonstant 50 Ax Constant. Thus, From Eg 1.8 (ity R eonstent) Fo a he Re WO pia, T, = bOF + Ybo = 520°R, = fda From £90) bE ies & - (228) (fopsia) = vee TE7 pote a1) where and = pears 1-3242 1.42. The helium-filled blimp shown in Fig. P1.42 is used at various athletic events, Determine the number of pounds of helium within it if its volume is 68,000 ft? and the temperature and pres- ssure are 80 °F and 14.2 psia, respectively. M@ FIGURE Pt42 W=SV where V-68000f and a= 09 =(p/RT) 9g Thos, B= [182 Fhe (OH 3) /(ad2 n° HE, (50% 440)'R)] (22.2 £2) 29) 2x0 Sa (1b / (slug #/s)) = 9,82 x10? Hence, We 9.02102 (56,000!) = 668 1b |-33Master Typi 10% Reduct 82x It 43 | J— *1.43 Develop a computer program for calculating the density of an ideal gas when the gas pressure in pascals (abs), the temperature in degrees Celsius, and the gas constant in J/kg -K are specified. Plot the density of helium as a function of temperature } from 0 °C to 200 °C and pressures of 50, 100, 150, and 200 kPa [+ (abs). | fH Fecereee For an (deal gas | Eee tlt so That | et | {AR eR where p ix absolute pressure R the gas csashant, and T As absolute Hemperature. Thus, £ The tempe rd ture { { | usin °C Then HEH ete ar ep ae perc 4 spreadsheet (EXCEL) program tor caleulatins p follows. [This program calculates the densily of an idealgas | | _ |when the absolute pressure in Pascals, the temperature | iin degrees C, and the gas constant in Jikg-K are specified i | To use, replace current values with desired values of temperature, pressure, and gas constant. oo A B _¢ DT 1 | Pressure, |Temperature,| Gas constant| Density, |__| rH + Pa °C Jikg-K kgim® | [Hote +05 5 286.9 1.23 | Row 10 a | Ee t Formula: i | [ =A10/((B10+273,15)"C10) | I I Coleulate p_ hr _ p> 200k Pa, temperature = 20°C, ana R=289 T/dy kK, | | (warn) c 5 [ | Pressure, Temperature,| Gas constant,| Density, | Foceer Ht Pa °C Jikg-K | _kgim® | —- 2.00E+05 20 287 2.38 Row 10 CECE eee eta EEEa) (con't) The density of helivm is plotted inthe graph below. 04 0.35 03 kg/m? 025 02 0.15 01 0.05 Density of Helium | Pen | | | asa ; ee i hs ff = 200 KPa (abs) = ee so ae i ieee 2 Joo ae | aad a 2 i = $0 " _ 100 nO) -TES: 1.45 For flowing water, what is the magnitude of the velocity gra dient needed to produce a shear stress of 1.0 N/m?? =u it where A =1.12 xj? MS Nv as 2105 me and T2107, Thus, dlr. Loe | Brae dy Tia “ve SSeS 146 1.46 Make use of the data in Appendix B to determine the dynamic viscosity of glycerin at 85 °F. Express your answer in both SI and BG units tT: 22 F (%-32)= = (95°F -32) From Fig, 8.1 in A ppendis B: J Glycerin of PSF (25.4%)) = Ob fR(O6 aD) (2.089 x10 a 2 ) = AIG MRC ws 7m & (s5 units) ae 1-361.47 _ One type of capillary-tube viscometer is shown in Video V1.5 and in Fig. PIT. For this device the liquid to be tested is drawn into the tube to a level above the top etched line, The time is then obtained for the liquid to drain to the bottom etched line. The kinematic viscosity, v, in m’/s is then obtained from the equation v = KR‘t where K is a constant, R is the radius of the capillary tube in mm, and ¢ is the drain time in seconds. When glycerin at 20°C is used as a calibration fluid in a particular viscometer the drain time is 1,430 s. When a liquid having a density of 970 kg/m? is tested in the same viscometer the drain time is 900 s. What is the dynamic viscosity of this liquid? Ve KR*t m FIGURE P1.41 For glycerin @ 20° V= L19x)0 Im a Lex mth = (eR, 430 s) KR? 8,.32x10" m/s For anXKnown ligard with t= Fos (3. 72.410 'm?/52) (Foo s) 7.49 x0" m*/s y 4 Since fez PY = G70 *ep3a)(T49x0t meZ ss Pease M5 =) O27 Sa 0,727 = am* —__ (-37Master Typing § 10% Reducti 8 1/2 x 11 trim size L4¥8 1.48 The viscosity of a soft drink was determined by using | a capillary tube viscometer similar to that shown in Fig. P1.47 and Video V1.5. For this device the kinematic viscosity, v, is directly proportional to the time, ¢, that it takes for a given amount of liquid to flow through a small capillary tube. That ere is, v = Kz. The following data were obtained from regular pop and diet pop. The corresponding measured specific gravities are also given. Based on these data, by what percent is the absolute viscosity, yz, of regular pop greater than that of diet pop? i Regular pop Diet pop fT a(s) 3778 300.3 1 SG 1.044 1.003 A greater = | Port +} Ht | | nce v=fp, Ueke reat LPs Cai, eye, ve Fellows ‘That fe Fe + (t* 36 )res = {| loo Cx S@)diet | 2/(377.8:)Lom) _ |) x 100LAV 1.49 Determine the ratio of the dynamic viscosity of water to air at a temperature of 60 °C. Compare this value with the corresponding ratio of kinematic viscosities. Assume the air is at standard atmospheric pressure. From Table @,2 im Appendiz B! -¥ yy, i “7 2 (or water af bore) fe = 4605 x10" ME 5 V24 76x10" From Table 8.4 im Appendiz B: c an ea Chr aw at bore) pox hare 2S 5 y= habxso” 2 Thus, - Peto 4.665 X10 AT Pate 97K 10> Uno . %745xIo" Vap (BB XIDToon a ceeded 1.50 — The viscosity of a certain fluid is 5 x 10~* poise. Determine its viscosity in both SI and BG units. fcr | Frem Appendii. ©, wo! es = / poise, Thus, a (5.210 “poise ).( 10’ 43, ye Seo? Ms Polse ‘nineties and From Table |.4 a FAs 2 [bs 7 tyes | fe (5X10 a5) (4.087 x10 et )= Lad xo Hes, ane 1.5[ The kinematic viscosity of oxygen at 20°C ~ and a pressure of 150 kPa (abs) is 0.104 stokes. Determine the dynamic viscosity of oxygen at this temperature and pressure. b_ ssoxiZ, ene iy & (4008 ge )| (aoe +213)k| es = 0,/oy stokes = 0/0 eee fs (oon 8) (0a (147 2) FS ne Me -5 ie SGupe Oe eo ps eyo. Wes Ans 2Master Typing Sheet 10% Red 8 1/2 x 11 trim size tion *1.52 Fluids for which the s stress, 7, is not linearly Boer related to the rate of shearing strain, +, are designated as non- | eet Newtonian fluids. Such fluids are commonplace and can exhibit Hi unusual behavior as shown in Video V1.6, Some experimental data obtained for a particular non-Newtonian fluid at 80 °F are shown below. rUb/f?) | 0 | 241 782 | 185 | 31.7 ye 1o | so 100 | 150 | 200 Plot these daia and fit a second-order polynomial to the data using a suitable graphing program. What is the apparent viscosity of this fluid when the rate of shearing strain is 70 s~'? Is this apparent viscosity larger or smaller than that for water at the same temperature? Rate of | Shearing } shearing stress, a Se | strain, 1/s Ib/sq ft 3 Fae a 40,00359 | 0 0 50 211 230 / 100 7.82 2 20 | 150 18.5 Aan 200 317 z $0 7 oO 50 100 150 200 250 Rate of shearing strain, 1/s ‘om the park 4s 2. 0.003858 where 13 the shearing | Sea ti (b/$t* and ¥ 15 the rate Shearing strain in aH apace = 44 = C20 t000)3 + 0.0038 At ¥ = 90 st H i sift Mphrrned = (2) (0.0008 ae) ws \(tos De + 0.0035 => am tet LG ot = tte | = O16 eee | ol | m Table Bl in AppeadieB, My gore = (741 x10 ee f | and since water 7s ‘a-Newkonian. Fluid This valbe 1s 4 de pendent of ¥* ‘Thus, The unknown hon- ir Eoatait Et i dai has. @ much favgar Value. + eee { Ht:Master Typing SI 10% Reduction 8 1/2 x 11 trim size : 483 1.53 Water flows near a flat surface and some measure- ——— | ments of the water velocity, u, parallel to the surface, at different Tor I heights, y, above the surface are obtained. At the surface y = 0. After an analysis of the data, the lab technician reports that the pon) velocity distribution in the range 0 < y < 0.1 ft is given by the equation u=081 + 9.2y +41 x 10 i TEE ceric awn ‘|| with w in f/s when y is in ft. (a) Do you think that this equation | 23 would be valid in any system of units? Explain. (b) Do you think this equation is correct? Explain. You may want to look at Video 14# to help you arrive at your answer. Cay oe giaty + Ht eio 4? | fer Js lord AL] piel) Each term ia the eguation rust |have the same dimensions, M € , Vrave dimensions jf bP :: AI X17 dimensions of L*T! eguation Have dimensuns Meir 7h a change oH unr » We. te teh moult vilebe ne o-slip' r be torreck since at me uz 081 ft/s,1.54 Calculate the Reynolds numbers for the flow of water and for air through a 4-mm-diameter tube, if the mean velocity is 3 m/s and the temperature is 30 °C in both cases (see Example 1.4). Assume the air is at standard atmospheric pressure. | For water at 30°C (From Table B,2 14 Appendie B)+ P= 995.7 42, ia = 7.995 x10" _ Re = CVD = (9961 A) (9 F) (ac0¥m) Wa L975 x10" MS b eee | For acr at foc ( From Table B,4 in Appendix B) : Pe bles as fe 1% x10" A I an ‘paca PA EOaE (1.165 #8) (3 2) (2.004 m) ie ie 186 x10? MS = at In #3Si 1.55 Forairat standard atmospheric pressure the values of the constants that appear in the Sutherland equation (Eq. 1.10) are C = 1.458 x 10-¢ kg/(m-s‘K'*) and S = 110.4 K. Use these: values to predict the viscosity of air at 10 °C and 90 °C and compare with values given in Table B.4 in Appendix B. {3 a 3 es COR (459 «0 At, ) 7 Sa eepearre 7 5K T+S ee Tr llo4#k For T= /0°C = (0°C + aT3IS = 283.15K, " 3), (1.453 x10°°) (283,I5k) * a = 1.765% 10° Nes ae Ag31S K + I10,4 From Table B.4 erase (Te x10” Mes For T= 40°C = 90°C + AmdIS = 363,15K, From Table 6.4, ft = 21exjo* Ns ame (hysg x10") 303 16x) 363,15 K + 0.4 1-44 -5 2/3K 10 MS eeae ae, 1.56* Use the values of viscosity of air given in Table B.4 at temperatures of 0, 20, 40, 60, 80, and 100 °C to determine the constants C and $ which appear in the Sutherland equation (Eq. 1.10). Compare your results with the values given in Problem 1,55, (Hint: Rewrite the equation in Tr Ss x (¢) € and plot T°2/y versus T. From the slope and intercept of this curve C and $ can be obtained.) Equation 10 can be written in The form ae Te tae apt - c eC oO) and with The dete trom Table BY: t %, 7 ah Tc) Tt) J Cust) — Ta [1 [Cbgfms) ° BBS 111 x10 2byoxp® ao A935 L82 X10 - 2.758 x 8 ca 31315 LE7X10~ a peseloe bo 333,15 Lark? 3.087% 10 ; 80 35315 oT K Jor 7.206x10 {00 37315 2174105 3. 322.10 A plot of Ye vs. T 13 shown below: & S.5XI0 rise[456"] (eon!t) Since The deta plot as an approximate straight line, Fe.) aan be represented by an eguetion of The form yabxre where yu Tu) XwT, bw Vo, and an s/c, Fit the date +o a near eguation using a Standard eurve~tiHing program such as found in EXCEL. Thus, Y= b.% 9x 105% 4 7. yy) x18" and gabe 969% 1oF so thet C= 143 x10 by foms- k*) SE and S:a= TH x10" ce and theehre S=/07 K These velues tr Cand S are in geod agreement witr values given in Problem 55. [46Typing Sheet duction 1.57 The viscosity of a fluid plays a very important role in determining how a fluid flows. (See Video V1.3) The value of the viscosity deperds not only on the specific fluid but also on the fluid temperature. Some experiments show that when a liquid, under the action of a constant driving pressure, is forced Ey with a low velocity, V, through a small horizontal tube, the |= velocity is given by the equation V = K/u. In this equation K is a constant fora given tube and pressure, and yris the dynamic viscosity. For a particular liquid of interest, the viscosity is given | by Andrade’s equation (Eq, 1.11) with D = 5 x 1077 Ib + s/f? | and B = 4000 °R. By what percentage will the velocity increase as the liquid temperature is increased from 40 °F to 100 °F? | _Assume all other factors remain constant, any Bae Vv C2 > teeta Ver) °h increase in = [Yan eM") = [ee 100 and From Fete +f incvease in Y= fate Pe | From Andvades 24 Squarion — 4 Thereby fe px S| | Ht Yove Pine KID e Cimr rte) 100’ = | Aer, | x100 @) and > Yoo Sho el ie rang “Seite Se 136% | us, From Bg (3) oe reverse tr V I-47Ae e. oO *1.58 — Use the value of the viscosity of water given in Table B.2 at temperatures of 0, 20, 40, 60, 80, and 100 °C to determine the constants D and B which appear in Andrade’s equation (Eq. 1.11). Calculate the value of the viscosity at 50 °C and compare with the value given in Table B.2. (Hint: Rewrite the equation in the form In = (2) 5+ InD and plot In y versus 1/7. From the slope and intercept of this curve B and D can be obtained. If a nonlinear curve fitting program is available the constants can be obtained directly from Eq. 1.11 without rewriting the equation.) Eguation ll can be written in The form In pe = (a) 4 + InD and with the deta trem Table BZ ° TCC) TK) WV Tte) A (Wsla*) In eo ans 3.b6/ x10 LTT xe ~ 6.327 to 293.15 24u x10" 1.002.410" ~ 6.906 Yo 31305 ZuB x07 = GSagKp* — -~ 7.334 bo 333,15 Boozxw? Kk bbEMW* ~— - 7. bI0 $0 35315 2.832407 E47 Kio . ~ 7.494 (00 37315 abso? = L8/P x 107 — 8.1T# A plot of /n vs, STW shown below : a * a)Vos (een't ) Since the deta plot as an approximate straignt line, Ey.) Can be used to represent These deta, To obtain B ana D, fit the date to an bx exponen tia / Lp uation of the form 4Y=AE Such as fund 1h EXCEL. Thus, Deas 1.767 xK107* Weslo? el EES 1870 XD? kK 1870 <6 fa bIbT Ke At 50°C (323.15), é 1870 | k P= bh 17 x10” C797 = 5.76 x10 sf From Table 8.2, m= 5 HEX 0. 5 /g®459 159 Fora parallel plate arrangement of the type shown in Fig. 1.Sit is found that when the distance between plates is 2 mm, a shearing stress of 150 Pa develops at the upper plate when it is pulled at a velocity of 1 m/s. Determine the viscosity of the fluid between the plates. Express your answer in SI units. d. Tah 5 du U ag Ob . T . 150 5a L, A ey” TTR) J-So1.60 1.60. Two flat plates are oriented parallel above a fixed lower plate as shown in Fig, P1.60. The top plate, located a distance b above the fixed plate, is pulled along with speed V. The other thin plate is located a distance cb, where 0 < ¢ < 1, above the fixed plate, This plate moves with speed V;, which is determined by the viscous shear forces imposed on it by the fluids on its top and bottom, The fluid on the top is twice as viscous as that on the bottom, Plot the ratio V/V as a function of c for 0 Zl Al. % fe De = 300% we, 7 Z RT F 4 1. (133.9 fea )[Ge Crane) «) so That b & los 4% \oav de ) = 293 28 [e* 300 &Pa = 5.24 4 am? lE7¥1,82 Natural gas at 70 °F and standard atmospheric pressure of 14.7 psi (abs) is compressed isentropically to a new absolute pressure of 70 psi, Determine the final density and temperature of the gas. Fer /sentropie compression , S = Constant 50 That Ae. se, i & Where in Inthal state and v a f~ #ina/ state. Thus, phe te ot F e v i or (b, Ve 2 fe A: (BPG a EN i i L Ty a aa ens (2274 %10 pm hb Jax “+40) “z] fe? se that alii : (aan ieee | ea racetee (129 «10 ee) = 425 x0" slugs 47 pst lobs) 3 Fe3 and Pe Ta Fe = Go ie 44 Be GBR Oe ‘$e sli 3 fe lb (025 #16 * het! \(3, 097410 Ea = 765 °R er }-711,83 1.83 Compare the isentropic bulk modulus of air at 101 kPa (abs) with that of water at the same pressure. For air (e117) &,* 4p a (h40)(101 x wh, ) = LK xB For water (Table Le) 4, = 215 «10'R Thus, E, (water) 2.15% 10°Pe 4 C= AFD K/O Ey, (air) 141% 10°; en"1.84 Develop a computer program for calculating the final gage pressure of gas when the initial gage pressure, initial and final volumes, atmospheric pressure, and the type of process (isothermal or isentropic) are specified. Use BG units. Check your program against the results obtained for Problem 1.74. (70 or compression or expansion, P= constont Pe where #=/ fer ssothermal process,and #+ specific heat ratio for ssentropiz process. Thus, aoe pete cee where tn inital state, Fw tinal state, so That :(B)*e. BiB) Re a) Since _ mass C= Volume then A. Ve antes ww here y, We, ave The inital and Final volurnes, vespectively. Thus, trem £3 1) ink fa tin” CET Cage ta . Where The subscmpt 9 vefers to gage pressure Eguation 2) can be written as z a hy EY" (ty + teas) bam a A spreadsheet (Excel) program fer Caleulating the tinal Gage pressure follows . (cont )1 BF (Cont?) [This program calculates the final gage pressure of an ideal gas when the initial gage pressure in psi, the initial volume, the final volume, the jatmospheric pressure in psia, and the type of process (isothermal or isentropic) is specified. To use, replace current values and let k= 1 for isothermal process or k = specific heat for isentropic process: A Blea D E Ei nitial gage| Initial | Final__| Atmospheric Final gage| pressure |" volume | volume | pressure pressure, Pig(Psi) M. Mr Pain(Psia) k Pio(Psi) 25 7103333 147 i 104.4 | Row 10 A Formula, [=((B10/C10)*E10)"(A10+D10)-D10 Data trom Problem 1.79 ave imcluded ii The above table, Giving 4 Finl gage pressure of 104. pst . lay485 1.@ An important dimensionless parameter concerned with very high speed flow is the Mach number, defined as Vic, where V is the speed of the object such as an airplane or projectile, and ¢ is the speed of sound in the fluid surrounding the object. For a projectile traveling at 800 mph through air at 50 °F and standard atmospheric pressure, what is the value of the Mach number? Mach number = ¥ From Table B.3 in Appendix Cc apie vip ™ r @ 50° Thus r _ G00 mph)(5240 ££.) (sur) Mach number = te eee | W J, 0G 1-751,86 Jet airliners typically fly at altitudes between approximately 0 to 40,000 ft. Make use of the data in Appendix C to show on a graph how the speed of sound varies over this range. c= ART (Eg. 120) et = 1716 4% For k=1¥0 and R Lie rae C= #40 VT Frem Table C1 in Appendix C at an altitude of O £6 T= Sfoor Ho = SIGR seo thet c= #90519 = Me Similar calculations Can be made tor éther altitudes and The resulting graph is shown below. Altitude, ft Temp.°F Temp.°R ©, fs 0 59 519 1116 5000 4147 501.17 1097 10000 23.36 483.36 © 1077 15000 5.55 465.55 1057 20000 12.26 447.74 = 1037 25000 30.05 429.95 1016 30000 47.83 41217 995 35000 65.61 394.39 973 40000 69.7 390.3, 968 1120 +100 o ie | Broe0 | 51080 Ee 3 1040 I 3 1020 3 3 1000 a 980 = NI | 960 9 8000 10000" 15000 20000 25000 0000 35000 40000 Altitude, ft [-761.87 (See Fluids in the News article titled “This water jet is a blast.” Section 1.7.1) By what percent is the volume of water decreased if its pressure, is increased to an equivalent to 3000 atmospheres (44,100 psi)? ~ gp , — AP Eg. 12) Ey= Vie AM (Es Byppe AB eevee paves IN pate 51g | ¥ Ey Bla x 10% paca Thus, o fe ch decrease im volume = | | /, 1,88 1.88 During a mountain climbing trip it is observed that the water used to cook a meal boils at 90 °C rather than the standard 100 °C at sea level. At what altitude are the climbers preparing their meal? (See Tables B.2 and C.2 for data needed to solve this problem.) When the water boils, Prot = fr , Where from Table 8.2, at T=90% fir= z.01x10" (abs) Also, from Table C.2, for a standard atmosphere p= z.01x)0"X, (abs) af an altitude of 3000m }-17189 | 1.89 When a fluid flows through a sharp bend, low pressures may develop in localized regions of the bend. Estimate the minimum absolute pressure (in psi) that can develop without * causing cavitation if the fluid is water at 160 °F. Cavitation may cccar when the local pressure eguals the Vapor pressure. For water at 60°F (fem Table 8) va MpptndicB) P= 474 psi (abs) v Thus, rmarnimum pressure = 474 psc labs ) a 1,40 Estimate the minimum absolute pressure (in pascals) that can be developed at the inlet of a pump to avoid cavitation if the fluid is carbon tetrachloride at 20°C. Cavitation may occur when the suction pressure at the Pump inkt eguals the vaper pressure. Fer carbon betrachbride at 20°C p= (3 RR (ass). Thas, minimum pressure = 13 BF (abs) [1-78Lal 1.91 When water at 70 °C flows through a converging section of pipe, the pressure decreases in the direction of flow. Estimate the ‘minimum absolute pressure that can develop without causing cavitation, Express your answer in both BG and ST units. Cavitehin may occur th The converging section of pipe when The pressure egaals the vapey pressure. From Table 52 in AnpendicB tor water at T'S, Be 31.24 Cabs). Thus Minimum pressuve = 31.2 RR Cabs) yn SL units. Ln 86 units ee -% Pst Crinimum pressure = (Brn. we \h Y50X1b ) A am = 452 psta 15923 1.92 Atwhat atmospheric pressure will water boil at 35 °C? Express your answer in both SI and BG units. The vapor pressure of water af 35°C Is 5191 4B (abs) (trom Table B.2 im Appendis B Using Vinear interpolation). Thus, (f water beils at this temperature the atmospheric pressure must be egual to 5.81 4a labs) th SL units, En BG wits, 1-791,94 1.94 When a 2-mm-diameter tube is inserted into a liquid in an open tank, the liquid is observed to rise 10 mm above the free surface of the liquid, the contact angle between the liquid and the tube is zero, and the specific weight of the liquid is 1.2 x 10* N/m’. Determine the value of the surface tension for this liquid h= ant , where 020 Thvs eh _n2xiot As (10410 m) (2x10 m2) ~ 26056 — 2 cos 0 /-8014s 1.95 — Smalldroplets of carbon tetrachloride at 68 °F are formed with a spray nozzle. If the average diameter of the droplets is 200 jem what is the difference in pressure between the inside and outside of the droplets? Since 0 = 269410 M at a a (2.22107 # ) too x10*m /-8|496 1-96 A 12-mm diameter jet of water discharges vertically into the atmosphere. Due to surface tension the pressure inside the jet will be slightly higher than the surrounding atmospheric pressure. Determine this difference in pressure. For equilibrium (see figure ), pl2r Sl): o (2 SL) So Thad p2Rsf pev excess pressure surface tension ovces © 250 4" i= N N aD I-82.1.97 As shown in Video V1.9, surfece tension forces can be strong enough to allow a double-edge steel razor blade to “float” on wa~ ter, but a single-edge blade will sink. Assume that the surface tension forces act at an angle 6 relative to the water surface as shown. in Fig. P1.97. (a) The mass of the double-edge blade is 0.64 X 10-* kg, and the total length of its sides is 206 mm. De- termine the value of @ required to maintain equilibrium between the blade weight and the resultant surface tension force. (b) The mass of the single-edge blade is 2.61 x 10~*kg, and the total = ~FIGURE P1.97 length of its sides is 154 mm, Explain why this blade sinks, Sup- port your answer with the necessary calculations. Surface tension force fa) ZF =o 8 vertical WW = Tsin WwW where A) = moe g 4nd T= Ox length of sides, (0.64 x10 be) (4.81 mgr) = (134 xb? ML) (0, 20 m ) sin8 Sing = O."HS Os 245° (b) For single-edge blade Wem gage ® fe? (2.61 x10? ba) (4.8) m/,2) 0.0256 N u and Tasine = (rx leagh of bade) sine (7.34 x 10° Mn ) (0.154 0m) sin B = 0.0113 sinB Tn order for blade +o “float” W< Tsine Since mmaximum Value for sine is |, r+ follows tnat W>Tsine and single-edge blade will sink. aca) 1.48 To measure the water depth in a large open tank with ‘opaque walls, an open vertical glass tube is attached to the side of the tank. The height of the water column in the tube is then used as a measure of the depth of water in the tank. (a) For a true water depth in the tank of 3 ft, make use of Eq. 1.22 (with @ = 0°) to'determine the percent error due to capillarity as the diameter of the glass tube is changed. Assume a water temperature of 80 "F. Show your results on a graph of percent error versus tube dismeter, D, in the range 0.1 in. < D < 1.0in. (b) If you want the error to be less than 1%, what is the smallest tube diameter allowed? The excess height, h, caused be the surface tension is h= ae CEg, 1.22) For OF 0° with D=z2R he = a) From Table Bl in Appendix 8 for water at 30°F T= 491 x09 fet and X= 62.22 1h /f3 Thus, From &g. (1) hes #49) ag x? eh (62,22 a) Din) Din.) Since oh error = age) X 100 (wire erore clepth ct follows from Eg (2) that eb erroy = 2:17 X10” vino 3 Din.) = 0.126 c35 Din.) A plot of terror versus tube chameter 1 Shown en the ntct page.198 (ont? Diameter % Error of tube, 0.1 0.15 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 1 tb) in, 1.26 0.84 0.63 0.42 0.32 0.25 0.21 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.13 |Values obtained from Eq, (3) 0 02 04 06 08 1 12 Tube diameter, in. For 1% evver from £g.(3) 1S D 0.126 bGa.) 1-85L9G aq Under the right conditions, it is possible, due to surface tension, to have metal objects float on water. (See Video V1.9.) Consider placing a short length of a small diameter steel (sp. wt. = 490 Ib/ft*) rod on a surface of water. What is the maximum diameter that the rod can have before it will sink? ‘Assume that the surface tension forces act vertically upward. ‘Note: A standard paper clip has a diameter of 0.036 in. Partially unfold a paper clip and see if you can get it to float on water. Do the results of this experiment support your analysis? rh rh Tn order for rod +0 Float (see figure) it follows that ach = W = (E\0)I a Thus , for The limiting case ae Dp” = 27k seers On mx (EYL Vitee| TE steel so Tat ‘h, ~3 lb 8 (5. 03x10 Fe = Dimax| = a a) =aeo || xib? ft aw C490 3, ) 1 0.06)4 In. Since a standard steel paper chp fas 4 diameter of 0.036 in, Which 1s less than 0. 06/4 Ia, 1 shoula Floah. A simple experimat will verify This. Yes.1.100 1,100 Anopen, clean glass tube, having a diameter of 3 mm, is inserted vertically into a dish of mercury at 20 °C. How far will the column of mercury in the tube be depressed? As 200056 iy a (3.1.22) For 8 = 130° 2 Cneexw! HK . . A= Be eae Sted x0" a ae (133 x10°, )(o, osm) Thus, column will be depressect 3.00 mm 1,601 1.101 An open, clean glass tube (6 = 0°) is inserted vertically into a pan of water. What tube diameter is needed if the water level in the tube is to rise one tube diameter (due to surface tension)? Bes zecese (© 4. 1.22) R Por 4=2R and 020° are 200) Gna BA -3 Ib ‘ pis Z = SO3xXW ge ¥ 62,4 i fe8 Re 8.99 x10 Lh diameter = 2R = 180x107" ft 1-871402. 1.102. Determine the height water at 60 °F will rise due to capillary action in a clean. {in. ameter tube. What will be the height if the diameter is reduced to 0.01 in.? ~ 276030 (Ee. 122 t xR 8 , For water at 60°F (from Table B./ ty Appendit B), a= S03xw? # and = 6237 Hy. Thag with 870, (hr R=0.126 th.) 7 labs. £)ay Le Fe (62. 37 4 (ta) or =(1 sexo ft)( as = 0,186 In. Simatlarly, (for R+ 0.005 11.) 1251 . 4 = (0.186 in)( 2B ) = 4.65 in. [-8803 1.103, (See Fluids in the News article titled “Walking on wat Section 1.9.) (a) The water strider bug shown in Fig. P1.103 is supported on the surface of a pond by surface tension acting along the interface between the water and the bug's legs. Determine the minimum length of this interface needed to support the bug. As- sume the bug weighs 10~'N and the surface tension force acts vertically upwards. (b) Repeat part (a) if surface tension were to support a person weighing 750 N. MB FIGURE P1103 oh For equi Vibrium 5 Werk (ay pg, W, Win a 1.34 X10 W We weight 5 Tw surface tension 1.34x10 am La length of interface (\,3b x10 7m) (10 eae | eal E2 Gone (4) (ee = 1.02 x10" (b34 mi | neice! © Sa 3 1-89L104 1.10% Fluid Characterization by Use of a Stormer Viscometer Objective: As discussed in Section 1,6, some fluids can be classified as Newtonian fluids; others are non-Newtonian. The purpose of this experiment is to determine the shearing stress versus rate of strain characteristics of various liquids and, thus, to classify them as ‘Newtonian or non-Newtonian fluids. Equipment: Stormer viscometer containing a stationary outer cylinder and a rotating, concentric inner cylinder (see Fig. P!l0#; stop watch; drive weights for the viscometer; three different liquids (silicone oil, Latex paint, and corn syrup), Experimental Procedure: _Fill the gap between the inner and outer cylinders with one of the three fluids to be tested, Select an appropriate drive weight (of mass m) and attach it to the end of the cord that wraps around the drum to which the inner cylinder is fastened. Release the brake mechanism to allow the inner cylinder to start to rotate. (The outer cylinder remains stationary.) After the cylinder has reached its steady-state angular velocity, measure the amount of time, ¢, that it tkes the inner cylinder to rotate N revolutions. Repeat the measurements using various drive weights. Repeat the entire procedure for the other fluids to be tested. Calculations: For each of the three fluids tested, convert the mass, m, of the drive weight to its weight, W = mg, where g is the acceleration of gravity. Also determine the angular velocity of the inner cylinder, w = N/t Graph: For each fluid tested, plot the drive weight, W, as ordinates and angular velocity, @, as abscissas. Draw a best fit curve through the data. Results: Note that for the flow geometry of this experiment, the weight, W, is proportional to the shearing stress, 7, on the inner cylinder. This is true because with constant angular velocity, the torque produced by the viscous shear stress on the cylinder is equal to the torque produced by the weight (weight times the appropriate moment arm). Also, the angular velocity, w, is proportional to the rate of strain, du/dy. This is true because the velocity ‘gradient in the fluid is proportional to the inner cylinder surface speed (which is proportional to its angular velocity) divided by the width of the gap between the cylinders. Based on your graphs, classify each of the three fluids as to whether they are Newtonian, shear thickening, or shear thinning (see Fig, 1.7). Data: To proceed, print this page for reference when you work the problem and click /rere to bring up an EXCEL page with the data for this problem, Rotating Inner eylinder Outer linger Drive weight Fils @ FIGURE P1,104 (cont) I-q0% L104 | (¢en%) | Problem 1.10% Problem 1.109 | Weight, W, vs Angular Velocity, 0 Weight, W, vs Angular Velocity, © | ee fo Silicone oi Com Syrup 450 mae 450 4.00 — 4.00 | 3.50 = — 3.50 | oS 3.00 | 2250 - z 250 | F200 Nea E 200 | 1.50 | 1.50 | 1.00 | 1.00 050 080 0.00 000 000 = 050100180 2.00 000 010-020-0300 ©, revs @, revis, —_ J Problem 1,104 | Weight, W, vs Angular Velocity, 0 fe Latex Paint 1.20 1,00 T 0.80 0.60 | 0.40 aan W = 1.466, 020 < 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 o revis I-494105 1.105 Capillary Tube Viscometer Objective: The flowrate of a viscous fluid through a small diameter (capillary) tube is a function of the viscosity of the fluid, For the flow geometry shown in Fig. P1.105, the kinematic viscosity, v, is inversely proportional to the flowrate, Q. That is, » = K/Q, where K is the calibration constant for the particular device. The purpose of this experiment is to determine the value of K and to use it to determine the kinematic viscosity of water as a function of temperature. Equipment: Constant temperature water tank, capillary tube, thermometer, stop watch, graduated cylinder. Experimental Procedure: Adjust the water temperature to 15,6°C and determine the flowrate through the capillary tube by measuring the time, f, it takes to collect a volume, V, of water in a small graduated cylinder, Repeat the measurements for various water temperatures, T. Be sure that the water depth, h, in the tank is the same for each trial. Since the flowrate is a function of the depth (as well as viscosity), the value of K obtained will be valid for only that value of h Calculations: For each temperature tested, determine the flowrate, Q = V/t. Use the data for the 15.6°C water to determine the calibration constant, K, for this device. That is, K = vQ, where the kinematic viscosity for 15.6°C water is given in Table 1.5 and Q is the measured flowrate at this temperature, Use this value of K and your other data to determine the viscosity of water as a function of temperature, Graph: Plot the experimentally determined kinematic viscosity, v, as ordinates and temperature, T, as abscissas, Results: On the same graph, plot the standard viscosity-temperature data obtained from Table B.2. Data: To proceed, print this page for reference when you work the problem and click herv to bring up an EXCEL page with the data for this problem. Water Capita tube le Graduated cylinder @ FIGURE P4,105 (cont ) 1-924105 CCon't ) Solution for Problem 1,105 Capillary Tube Viscometer Vim ts 92 198 97 158 92 168 94 21.3 92 134 94 10.1 91 89 v=KiQ T, deg S 15.6 26.3 21.3 12.3 34.3 50.4 58.1 K, m42 mils2 5.21E-07 Q, mils 0.465 0.614 0.548 0.427 0.702 0.931 1.022 v (at 15.6 deg C), m’2/s v, mais 1126-06 8.49E-07 9.51E-07 1.226-06 7.42E-07 5.60E-07 5.10E-07 1.12E-06 K=vQ=1.12E-6 m42is * 0.465 ml/s = 5.24E-7 m2 mils"2 From Table B.2 T, deg C 10 20 30 40 50 60 v, m*2/s 1.31€-06 1.00E-06 8.01E-07 6.58E-07 5.53E-07 4.75E-07 Viscosity, v, vs Temperature, T Problem 1.105 1.5E-06 ] 1 | | | | 1.0E-06 T + 0 | bi 3 E | 2 5.0E-07 | 0.0€+00 + 0 20 40 60 T, deg C 80 Experimental —From Table B.2| 1-93,22 22 A closed, S-m-tall tank is filled with water to a depth of 4 m. ‘The top portion of the tank is filled with air which, as indicated by pressure gage at the top of the tank, is at a pressure of 20 kPa, Determine the pressure thet the water exerts on the bottom of the tank. f= 20x0% af N 3N he pith = 20x10 3 + 9.80%10 43 (4m) = 59.210, = 59.2 kPa 4m zh2.3 A closed tank is partially filled with glycerin. If the air pressure in the tank is 6 Ib/in.? and the depth of glycerin is 10 ft, what is the pressure in Ib/ft2 atthe bottom of the tank? Path B= C740 2, Vo tt) + (6 te = & = 1050 3B, Zo 2.4 — Blood pressure is usually given as a ratio of the maximum pressure (systolic pressure) to the minimum pressure (diastolic pressure). As shown in Video V2.2 such pressures are commonly measured with a mercury manometer. A typical value for this ratio for a human would be 120/70, where the pressures are in mm Hg. (a) What would these pressures be in pascals? (b) If your car tire was inflated to 120 mm Hg, would it be sufficient for normal driving? p= xh (A) Fop 120 mm beg: pz (132 x10°% )(0, 120m): le.0#R For To mm Hai ps (33 x17 \(o. 070m)= FAR (b) For 120 mmig: ps (1e0 x wit) (issoxis’ 2" ) = 2,32 psi Since a typical tire pressure 1 50-95 PS, 120mmby Ys pot subbicrent for normal driving.2.5 2.5 An unknown immiscible liquid seeps into the bottom of an open oil tank. Some measurements indicate that the depth of the unknown liquid is 1.5 m and the depth of the oil (specific weight = 8.5 KN/m?) floating on top is 5.0 m. A pressure gage connected to the bottom of the tank reads 65 kPa. What is the specific gravity of the unknown liquid? tere (33:1) (Sem) + (8, )(1.Sem) where Yi unknan hgua ve Poattom — Weim). tsxin tt ~ (5x08 )&m) VS an = is xe a aN. 56= % - TAB mF Se ee Yo@ve ei xioX, 2:6 2.6 Bathyscaphes are capable of submerging to great depths in the ocean. What is the pressure at a depth of S km, assuming that seawater has a constant specific weight of 10.1 kN/m*? ‘Express your answer in pascals and psi. pork ed At the surface f, 20 50 Thet P= (0.14109 4 5 x 108m) = 50.5 xd = 50.5 MPs Aso, P -« pez (Go x10 © Ni yso x10 "is ) = 7320 psi ane3.7 2.1 For the great depths that may be en- countered in the ocean the compressibility of seawater may become an important consideration. (a) Assume that the bulk modulus for seawater is constant and derive a relationship between pressure and depth which takes into account the change in fluid density with depth. (b) Make use Ca) d Se Sink 4-3 Thus, dp. _ edz ei E integrating Eg), Since, 4 -E, Ln {1 gat Ceont#?) of part (a) to determine the pressure at a depth of 6 km assuming seawater has a bulk modulus of 2.3 x 10° Pa, and a density of 1030 kg/m? at the surface. Compare this result with that obtained by assuming a constant density of 1030 kg/m’. (£g, 2.4) a) Sf 6 +5 a tunchen of P, we must determne P=F(p) behre Epc (ep, 113) then o Pp d, i a {ef ° é so Tht pe E,4n i Thus, £ =pe where f2h 4t peo pete fro eb sbtbie From &4.0) +, ; Aes 4 4 or 2 Z e ap * ~ha/] % 4 re so That ) where ,8= %-%,, the depth below surface2.7 J (con't) (6) From part a), p=-&, tn (1 ~ 28% ) So that at f= b dom pe -(a3x10'% )&n [ - cession | a3 x 107% ™ 7 = bie xi SN = bh M Pe 6c) For constant density parh= path = (1.03 xw° $8) (a0) % Me x10°m) = 604 MA2.8 2.8 Sometimes whea riding an elevator or driving up or down a hilly road a person's ears “pop” as the pressure difference between the inside and outside of the ear is equalized. Determine the pressure difference (in psi) associated with this phenomenon if it ‘occurs during a 150 ft elevation change. Ap = Yoh = 0.0765 Hy (soft) Lf = 1eS f. Gppae) =), 9797 pst 2.9 Develop an expression for the pressure variation in a liquid in which the specific weight increases with depth, h, as y = Kh + yo, where Kis. constant and y is the specific weight at the free surface. y=% 4k d % y ai ae (Ee, 24) z Treas let -#=2,-% so That dh=-dz Thus, dpe ¥dh h and [e «fra fer r= kh+h , fe 7 & [ops [Oden led Gnd+2. 10 (cont) *2.10 Inacertain liquid at rest, measurements of the spe- 60 107 cific weight at various depths show the following variation: 0 ‘1 —$____. - a A(t y (bitty 100 115 ieee eee inate man D scnatueiemmeneenenaae ate 0 70 10 76 The depth h = 0 corresponds to a free surface at atmo- 20 ey ~ spheric pressure. Determine, through numerical integration 30 a of Eq. 2.4, the corresponding variation in pressure and show 40 97 the results on a plot of pressure (in psf) versus depth (in 50 ie feet). dp = -y (Es. 2.4) ae &5.2 let a2 4,-4 (cee Ligure) so thet da=—ch and There fre dp= ~¥dz = rdh Thus, 2 A fe = [r ah Q ° Ae Pleo Has L ° where p18 the pressure at depty A: Equetion 01) Can be vateq rated Nudtnericall the trape Zo'da/ hte, ce., = of 5 Fed 2+ 4\x,,-9) ’ Where Yn t , x~h, and n= umber of date pornks . 4 using (cont)42.10 Cont) The tabulated results ave given below, along With The 12000 h¢ft) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 y, Ib/ft"3 Pressure,psf 70 0 76 84 91 97 102 107 110 112 114 115 730 1830 2405 3345 4340 5385 6470 7580 8710 9855 Corresponding plot of pressure vs. depth. 10000 8000 4000 6000 |— Pressure, p (psf) 0 20 40 60 Depth, h (ft) 2000 0 ee 80 100FZ 12 RR RTE Elevation (ft) ‘Temperature (°F) 5000 50.1 (base) °2.42 Under normal conditions the temperature of the — a atmosphere decreases with increasing elevation. In some peed . situations, however, a temperature inversion may exist s0 Fie : that the air temperature increases with elevation. A series a om of temperature probes on a mountain give the elevation aon a temperature data shown in Table P2,12, If the barometric bcoo pressure’ at the base of the mountain is 12.1 psia, determine ps ea by means of numerical integration the pressure at the top of o : the mountain Se oe) ———____. TABLE P2.12. From £3, 2.4, z, Mn ee - % [8 p, R Ja, T 1 In the table below the temperature in OR is given and the integrand '/TCR) tabula ted, Elevation, ft 1.°F T,°R_—1/T(°R) 5000 50.1 509.8 0.001962 5500 55.2 514.9 0.001942 6000 60.3 520.0 0.001923 6400 62.6 522.3 0.001915 7100 67.0 526.7 0.001899 7400 68.4 528.1 0.001894 8200 70.0 529.7 0.001888 8600 69.5 529.2 0.00189 9200 68.0 527.7 0.001895 9900 67.1 526.8 0.001898 The approximate Valve of the witegral in £9.27 Is 9,34 obtained Hsing TH rape 301 dal rule, 6%, Te bE G4 pe, le, te) hire ge Ur, Xo eleveton, Zz i etd tr : . and nenum ber ef data points. Thus, Pott ft Godse = G34 RB Sooo fe ; so tat (wim 97922 tle ank Re lI Hl [shag R An Bee ~ (222 OM) Lo 11530) (cont) 2-4AZate Coon 2) It fllows from £3) with p= 12.) psca Wet — 0.1753 Be (2.1 psia) ie = 10,2 psa (Vote: Since the temperature variation 1s not very large it would be expec 7, a ted That the assumphon of 4 “constonk Temperature would give good results. Tf the temperature ss assumed to be Constant «+ The base temperature ($0.1), f210.1 psia , whith 1s only shghty diferent from the result given above. ) 2-10Zl 2.14 (See Fluids in the News article titled “Giraffe’s blood pressure,” Section 2.3.1.) (a) Determine the change in hydrostatic pressure ina giraffe’s head as it lowers its head from eating leaves 6 m above the ground to getting a drink of water at ground level as shown in Fig. P2.14, Assume the specific gravity of blood is SG = 1. (b) Compare the pressure change calculated in part (a) to the normal 120 mm of mercury pressure in a human’s heart. a) For hydrostatic presure change, Apa¥h = (4.802% \(om) = 58.8FK = BeLRR (4) To Compare with pressure im human hearé Convert pressure th Part (a) fo mms : hy 53.3 24 = Ya tay? (23 1) ay im Ay? (0.442.m)(10" Sat) = 442 aman Hy 4 Thus, The pressure ehange in the giraffe: head Compared With 120 mm Hg 1% 1s F442 mam Hh. tre human heart. 2-12.15 Assume that a person skiing high in the mountains at an altitude of 15,000 ft takes in the same volume of air with each breath as she does waile walking at sea level. Determine the ratio of the mass of oxygen inhaled for each breath at this high altitude compared to that at sea level. Let ( ), dendle sea level and ( ). denofe 15,000 H altitude, Thus, since m= macs LED mp fas ae )(as0s07 2) Hen s.152 p= (aue2 Be) (2.20387 B Nise) jae 518.67 R = 1240 & (abs) ls) p= R—Ih = QI/6.2 & = ~ (o67e47 & Bly lio #t) = /o4o & (abs) Oe oe et - gh a) eae eé Te 5 (4116.24) (eg.210) ofan By p10F® | ell Gir (xu 7°R) = 1270 4, las)(2.17 Equation 2.12 provides the relationship | between pressure and elevation in the atmosphere for those regions in which the temperature varies linearly with elevation. Derive this equation and verify the value of the pressure given in Table C.2 in Appendix C for an elevation of 5 im, By at 4 a. feat (E529) , 7 let for 420, B~p fr B22, and T2T,-f2. Thus, z dp 8 a “fee £ or b a a 2 [a tm ta-aal} o & [Aceon] 7g A(i- &) and taking logarithm of both sides Pe epuation yields t= % (1-8)* (&, 2.12) For 25 ham with p10. 334Pe Ta 2288 5K ge 9.8078 = 0.0065%0% kR=as,7 2 é an a 4 ) iT A 287 = 6, 00654 (6. c06s£ Mees &k om patios day] ar eR ~~ 4 = 5.40.x 10° # (From Table Ca th Appendin C, pF S405 x 10 )2,18. 2.18 As shown in Fig. 2.6 for the U.S. standard atmosphere, the troposphere extends to an altitude of 11 km where the pressure is 22.6 kPa (abs). In the next layer, called the stratosphere, the temperature remains constant at — 56.5 °C. Determine the pressure and density in this layer at an altitude of 15 km. Assume g = 9.77 m/s in your calculations. Compare your results with those given in Table C.2 in Appendix C. For s3sethermal cond: tiens, ~g¢ C4.-2) p-te RT (4, 210) 2 “ J let ash, p= 22,64 , Re 287 Ry GOAN and — Ts 865°C + A315 = Debsk . Thus, , |B) (S410 m= 410m | he (42.04P.) e€ (aes) = lal kPe i eta ttt = 0195 SE G> Rr a (287 Fu )(24ek) es Table C2 in Appendix C » Pea APE and f= O1948 ae a) 2-152.19 (See Fluids in the News article titled “Weather, barometers, and bars,” Section 2.5.) The record low sea-level barometric pressure ever recorded is 25.8 in. of mercury. At what altitude in the standard atmosphere is the pressure equal to this value? For record Jow Pressure, ; . \ «ig hay? Conk) (EEO) (BE ) = ob From Table C.] vn Appendrs C i" @ of altitude pe Ld E> @ Fook slhtude p= iz. 228 Ak Assume linear vanation change sn pressure per foot. Thus, Pressure change per foot = Meg He — 12228 Wb Feoo ft oe = 4934 xip* 1b we per ft a iM babies - a Ce [4.93Lx10" #]= eS at Sie a: 4250 Ft n>2.20 2.20 Ona given day, a barometer at the base of the Washington Monument reads 25.97 in. of mercury, What would the barometer reading be when you carry it up to the observation deck 500 ft above the base of the monument? Let (), and ( )4 correspond to the base and observation deck, respectively. Thus, with H = height of the monument, \ fr ~ fod = Gir H = ZbSKIO™ Bs (S00H) = 38.5 1, 7 i hh, where Sy = 8472 ih Ov, (2% 97 44 i =36,5 iy (2TH) ~ Wy og = 3 or fk bug (APH) - 2857 29.97 mn 7B ae ff) ) - o.%ss Hla) and h=barometer reading, hb = (29.97 -0.545)in. or yg = 29.43 in.252) 2.21 Bourdon gages (see Video V2.3 and Fig. 2.13) are commonly used to measure pressure. When such a gage is altached to the closed water tank of Fig. P2.2.! the gage reads 5 psi. What is the absolute air pressure in the tank? Assume. standard atmospheric pressure of 14.7 psi. pe cht p a BY, = op br Ohi + 4.7 #)— (fe) (er4 8, 144 th? fEr Po. = IL-3 poia 12in. Bourdon gage m FIGURE P2.2) 2-182.22 2.22 Onthe suction side of a pump Bourdon pressure gage reads 40-kPa vacuum. What is the corresponding absolute pressure if the local atmospheric pressure is 100 kPa (abs)? Plabs) = Plgage) + fp (atm) = ~whR + ohh = bo &R 224 J 2.24 A water-filled U-tube manometer is used to measure the pressure inside a tank that contains air, The water level in the U-tube on the side that connects to the tank is 5 ft above the base of the tank. The water level in the other side of the U-tube (which is open to the atmosphere) {2 ft above the base, Determine the pressure within the tank, Prin * (SH) -,, (2H) +0 or fiir = WY, = - (3H)(62.4 5) air aa 2-192.25 2.25 A barometric pressure of 29.4 in. Hg corresponds to what value of atmospheric pressure in psia, and in pascals? (in ps) P= UA (947 B, )(AHt ay ) = Ihe psia ‘e¢ tn > (th Pa) psahs (3x1 (atin ) (a sroxi a) = 99,3 BP (obs) 2-202.26 For an atmospheric pressure of 101 kPa (abs) determine the heights of the fluid columns in barometers containing one of the following liquids: (a) mercury, (b) water. and (c) ethyl alcohol. Calculate the heights including the effect of vapor pressure, and compare the results with those obtained neglecting vapor pressure. Do these results support the widespread use of mercury for barometers? Why? (Including vapor pressure ) pete) = 3h + A, where b ~ vapor pressure has, f= Plbm)~ br x fol «10° 2%, = 1. bxI0 133 x07 N (A) For mercury | 4 = 0.154 om 3y 2 a xv ,. Jol x10 - h77klo % 4) For water’ 9.80 £107 ™? 10.1_m™ cc) Por ethy/ woixi0? 590 alcoho] ! he 274x105 im Ws negli column (3 Feasenasle, (Without vapor pressure ) f labm) = bh Platm) Ae oa lolx 3 ON 133x10 a 0.754 ™m 3 101 1D Tt 3H, 4.80 x10 Poet 10,3 mm Sy, Jor K1D A oop nee, TTF KID’ oy 13,0 1m barameters the effect of vapor pressure Gnd the veguired height of The mercury2.27 2.27 A mercury manometer is connected to a large reservoir of water as shown in Fig, P2.27. Determine the ratio, hy/tg, of the distances h,, and h, indicated .n the figure. Water A = Baby * behin See but fi= fx = in (Zhn) MFIGURE P2.27 Thus, oy fw + bw lin = 28y hm or (8) by =(28m- Yw)hm so that = br bw = Gieeh) =2 SG, -/ , where SGp, “Fp =13.56 Thos, hw. _ Tn 7213-56) -1 = 26.1#218 2.28 A U-tube manometer is connected to a closed tank containing air and water as shown in Fig. P2.2@, At the closed end of the manometer the air pressure is 16 psia. Determine the reading on the pressure gage for a differential reading of 4 ft on the manometer. Express your answer in psi (gage). Assume. standard atmospheric pressure, and neglect the weight of the air columns in the manometer. Gage fluid (7=90 lb/ft) m FIGURE P2.28 pr dog Gh) + Vo fe) = Tease Pressure one = (i in) ive 2) + (% bon) + (0244, )(2 4) = Cone BBE) tee 2 Ib = 672 ii 2-232.29 A closed cylindrical tank filled with water has a hem- as shown in Fig. P2.29. The liquid in the top part of the piping system has a specific gravity of 0.8, and the remaining parts of } the system are filled with water. If the pressure gage reading at } A is 60 kPa, determine: (a) the pressure in pipe B, and (b) the pressure head, in millimeters of mercury, at the top of the dome (point ©). (a) 4 % = 1/03 &B (6) he h- %,, (Gm) 4 a 3M 30k x1d ae %y ispherical dome and is connected to an inverted piping system 2! boeh,- (4.80 x, As % . aonxn et ja 3. 133% 10 al = 0.230 m (Lzmm ) = 230mm = ena W FIGURE P2249 + (S64) Gm) + 4, (2m) = ty 2 GoAR + 2 )Rtieit, (3m) + (9.6080 %,) em) Gm) Fae = 9.230m 2-24 Wafer2.30 > 2:30) Two pipes are conneced by a manometer as shown in Fig, 2.30, Determine the pressure difference, p, ~ pp, between the pipes, 13m Gage tus (SG=26) Water 8 BFIGURE P2.30 7 +t dio farm «ttm) - Ye (oboe dino (13m-0.5m)= 4, Thus, Pr-by = Ny (obm) ~ %, (0:54 0166 4113 0.5m) = (2619.81 2 )(0,bm)- (9.70%, (1.9m) = - 332 8R 2-252.31 2.31 A U-tube manometer is connected to a closed tank as shown in Fig. P2.31. The air pressure in the tank is 0.50 psi and the liquid in the tank is oil (y = 54.0 lb/ft). The pressure at point A is 2.00 psi. Determine: (a) the depth of oil, z, and (b) the differential reading, h, on the manometer. FIGURE P2.3) Gel "* by, tt Ay | That, tates. (2 d,- 05 pei) - “Yur an ae = 400ft ie SHO oe 2) At Yur (ate) - (50N'¥,) 4 =0 Thus, ty + eis (2t) (SG) (Br,0) e a) (ive HE) « Grok, 2%) (3.05) (62.4 oo) Biles 1 = 2,08 ft 2-262.32 2.32 For the inclined-tube manometer of Fig. P2.32 the pressure in pipe A is 0.6 psi. The fluid in both pipes A and B is water, and the gage fluid in the manometer has a specific gravity of 2.6. What is the pressure in pipe B corresponding to the dicferential reading shown? — 3 in i FIGURE P2.32 ty + Sno Ga - ae E fe) sin 0° - Jy (24) = Cwhere Ugg 1s The specific weight of the gage Fluid ) Thus, F ; By Be — %p GLA) sin 20° (2.6 Bue z ) - Gaylore £ Nee fi)(0.5) = 323 - 2 = 3234/4 /ygh/A* = 0.224 Pse 2.33 A flowrate measuring device is installed in a horizontal pipe through which water is flowing. A U-tube manometer is connected to the pipe through pressure taps located 3 in. on either side of the device. The gage fluid in the manom- ‘eter has a specific weight of 112 Ib/ft’. Determine the differential reading of the manometer corre sponding to a pressure drop between the taps of 0.5 Ibin2. Let p and p be pressures at pressure taps. Write manometer eguetion between fp, and p,. Thus, Fr Bb eed Hk -~ HR oR so That e/a. (05 iH.) 40 ie ) fz Ut - Tazo fa Bee bape, = 145 ft2.34 — Small differences in gas pressures are commonly measured with a micromanometer of the type illustrated in Fig. P2.34. This device consists of two large reservoirs each having a cross- sectional area, A,, which are filled with a liquid having a specific weight, y,, and connected by a U-tube of cross-sectional area, A,, containing a liquid of specific weight, y. When a differential gas pressure, p, — p,, is applied a differential Teading, h, develops. It is desired to have this reading sufficiently large (so that it can be easily read) for small pressure differentials. Determine the relationship between h and p, — p; when the ae ck area ratio A,/A, is small, and show that the differential reading, h, can be magnified by making the difference in specific weights, }, — },, small. Assume that initially (with p, = p,) the fluid levels in the two reservoirs are equal. va inthal level initial heel for gage Hurd When a di fberenbal pressure, P-f,, ts applied we assume the level tin leth veservoir reps by 4 distance, Ah, ana right fevel rises by Ah. Thus, The ‘nanometer eguation becomes Br 8 (her h-64) -Y¥ 2-3 (8 rhhyet h-4= GA-44d+ yeah) a) Since the Nguids 'n The rnanemeter are incompressible, ota, = 2a or 24h. Ae a r and tf 4 Vs small Then abh co and Jast term in Eg.) Can be heglectea. Thus, #-#= (B-%)4 er Je: Bn--A yk) ee Eat 1 and lane voles of h can be cbtaneH for smell pressure differentials jf %-& ts small, 2a282.35 2.35 _ The cyclindrical tank with hemispherical ends shown in Fig. P2.35 contains a volatile liquid and its vapor. The liq- til uid density is 800 kg/m’, and its vapor density is negligible. \ ‘The pressure in the vapor is 120 kPa (abs), and the atmospheric pressure is 101 kPa (abs). Determine: (a) the gage pressure read- 1m ing on the pressure gage; and (b) the height, /, of the mercury 7, Liguie mons en pte 8 8 AS eee | \Mercury M@FIGURE P2356 G@ Let Ys opub of liguia = (Goo 29, \(qgim)= 1850, and Tal GGoge) = 12OKP, (abs) ~ 101-RR (ats) = 19 AR Thus, Tese® Bane Cm) = lax + (7850%,) (1m) $226 Toe Be (b) $.. Case) + % (ral) - YG, (kh) =o lexi + (7850 23 )lim)- (issxw'¥l, (4) =0 = 0.202 m 2242.36 sG=0.90 ri 2.36 Determine the elevation difference, Ah, between the water levels in the two open tanks shown in Fig. P2.36. ay -* + ® FIGURE P2,36 a not + (56) G, Cot) + Ye 0.4m) Pzfhezo Adz C.4m ~ (69) C0.4m) = Since 2.37 2.37 For the configuration shown in Fig. P2.37 what must be the value of the specific weight of the unknown fluid? Express your answer in Ib/fe, FIGURE P2.37 let ¥ be specitii weight of unknown Lluid. Then, Yo [Sea a aoe ¥,,[ “#2)4]=0 oa. ( ~Cef-aay]in re ee SS (ons BY att) = $a. 0. 040m + Uy (ah)=p A-30[eae] 2.38 An air-filled, hemispherical shell is attached to the ocean floor at a depth of 10 m as, shown in Fig. P2.32. A mercury barometer located inside the shell reads 765 mm Hg, and a mercury U-tube manometer designed to give the outside water pressure indicates a differential reading of 735 mm Hg as illustrated. Based on these data what is the atmospheric pressure at the ocean surface? FIGURE P2.3 let: Pp ~ absolute air pressure inside shell = hig (0.765 ) by & surtace atmosphere pressure Sour ~ specific weight of seaunter Thas, menemeter eguation con be written as B:,, + x (tom) + de (a, 360m) — Sug (0,736 m) -B Jo That Bog? z- t, (10,36 m) + ng (0.7351) ua (133 28 )(0,7066m) ~ (0.1 24 ) (10.26m) + (133 ae) y 749 AR 2-3!EE *2.3% — Both ends of the U-tube mercury manometer of Fig. P23? are initially open to the atmosphere and under standard atmospheric pressure. When the valve at the top of the right leg is open the level of mercury below the valve is h,. After the valve is closed, air pressure is applied to the left leg. Determine the relationship between the differential reading on the manometer and the applied gage pressure, p,. Show on = Mercury a plot how the differential reading varies with p, \ for h, = 25, 50, 75, and 100 mm over the range 0 = p, = 300 kPa. Assume that the temperature of the trapped air remains constant. FIGURE P2.39 With the valve closed and a pressure, f, applied, £- by ake gp or af: % i 6 ” &u, 7 where p ant P are gage pressures . for {so thermal com pression of trapped alr 2 = constant Jo Mut for constant air mass te bt where VY ts air volume, P 1s absolute pressure, and < and f vePer te inital and fiial 2 tates, respectively, Thus, tat= he hin % for ate trapped in right leq ps R(Aree of be) 0 Thad E32) Can be written as t-te [x5 a 3) Substitute 25.2) into £g.U) fo obtain / bh= [4 fi I- (4) big A Cia ( (con't) 2-322.39 (con't ) Equation (+) Can be expressed in the forrm = Fy t Rb Cah)" (ahs ‘ee fhen) a and the roots of This fuadratic eguation ave - 4+ tidn Ahs (£.¢ aR): (hy + A + 4& =0 : # hg hig To evaluate AR the negative Sign 1s used since Sh=0 for R=. Tabulated values of S4 for various values of are given Wh the Following table “or different values of Hy, (with By aloe bn ana Sy = 133 AN /m?) A plot of me data fs Jlows. hi patm = -Yhg Py Ah(hy = 0) Ah(h=0.026) Ah(h=0.05) h(n=0.075) Ah(h=0.1) (m) (kPa) (kN/m3) (kPa) (m) (m) (m) (m (m) 0.025 401 133 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.05 101 133 30 0 0.0110 0.0212 0.0306 0.0304 0.075 = 401 133 60 ° 0.0182 = 0.0354 = 0.0517 0.0672 04 101 133 90 0 0.0231 0.0454 = 0.0868 =. 0874 101 133, 120 0 0.0268 = 0.0528 0.0781 0.1026 101 133 150 ° 0.0296 0.0585 0.0867 0.1143 101 133 180 0 0.0318 = 0.0630 0.0936 0.1236 101 133 210 0 0.0335 0.0666. «0.0991 0.1312 101 133 240 0 0.0350 0.0896 = 0.1037 0.1374 101 133 270 0 0.0362 0.0721 0.1075 0.1426 101 133 300 0 0.0372 0.0742 0.1108 0.4470 0.16 ] h,=0.10 0.14 | 0.12 ——~ j h,= 0.075 | | 04 — E é L——| 0.08 hy= 0.050 0.06 + - | 0.04 hy= 0.025 0.02 + | | o | 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 360 Py, KPa 2-332.40 2.40 — The inverted U-tube manometer of Fig. 2.40 contains oil (SG = 0.9) and water as : shown. The pressure differential between pipes A and B, py — pp, is —5 kPa. Determine the ? £9.02) simplifies te L2- Cati.3))4 + A (im) =0 se that (using me Guadratie formula) Lae (arnat) + a4 wurd+ 128 I Since for d= 0, L=o, te negative sign should be Used dna = G+ual) -V +18bd +128 i Zz Tabulated date witn the Corresponding Plot are Shown on the fo/lowmg Page. (ont) 2-42+248 C Con't D Depth, d(m) Water rise, «, (m) 0.000 0.000 0.100 0.007 0.200 0.016 0.300 0.024 0.400 0.033 0.500 0.041 0.600 0.049 0.700 0.057 0.800 0.065 0.900 0.073 1,000 0.080 0.080 CA 0.070 - — 0.060 +— . E 0.050 - = | 2 0.040 - 5 & 0.030 — —| Ss x 0.020 }+— - 0.010 - 0.000 - | 0.000 0.200 0400 0600 0.800 1.000 Depth, d (m) 2-4342.50 2,50 A Bourdon gage (see Fig. 2.13 and Video V2.3) is often used to measure pressure. One way to calibrate this type of gage is to use the arangemeni shown in Fig. P2.50a. The container is filled with a liquid and a weight, W, placed on one Bourdon Gage side with the gage on the other side. The weight acting on the g liquid through a 0.4-in.-diameter opening creates a pressure that is transmitted to the gage. This arrangement, with a series of / weights, can be used to determine what a change in the dial- | (ie movement, 6, in Fig. P2.S50b. corresponds to in terms of a \ change in pressure. For a particular gage, some data are given below. Based on a plot of these data, determine the relationship between 6 and the pressure, p, where p is measured in psi? ww eiguRe 2,50 "W (ib) 6 es QW DW Cis) 5 = 776A Area FE (o¢ in)? 6 Ge) (where p ts in pst) Frem graph WW = 0.0522 8 So tut from £3.) Pb (psc) 7.96 Dl ps) = 044 © 0.05226 u ana Theta, deg. W, Ib 0 0.00 20 1.04 40 2.00 60 3.23 80 4.05 400 5.24 120 6.31 0 50 100 150 L Theta, degrees Cia:2.51 Ww (3) (4) 2.51 You partially fill a glass with water, place an index card ‘on top of the glass, and then turn the glass upside down while holding the card in place. You can then remove your hand from the card and the card remains in place, holding the water in the glass. Explain how this works. In order +o hold the index card in place when the glassis inverted, the pressure at the card-water os interlace, p,, must be ~,4-W, where Ais the upright area of the glass opening and Wis the card weight. Thus, f, =-W/A. Hence, 27% -8h, or Pr =~ WA-th (gage). Since the amount of air in the glass remains the same when if is inverted, GAN = GAH, , where u and ¢ subscripts an |. refer to the upright and inverted conditions. Thus, . inverted A= & H, But p=eRT so that ob “eae = t provided the temperature remains constant ‘7; = Tu . Note? Since we are using the pertect gas law the pressures myst be absolvie— = flaky , fs = fra<-W/A-Uh + fatm Hence, from Eqs. (1) and (2) of. faim . Dey Hh, (Fam=W/A th ) Ha That is, when the glass is inverted the column of air inside expans slightly, casing asmall gap of size AH between the lip is the glase and the index card. From Eq.(3) this AX is = (——#sin__) ,_-y <(__WA+th__) ( fat -WA - dh He Mu Paim -W/A ~ ial Hy Tf this gap is “large engh" the water world tlow out of the glass and ain into if Tf it is’small enovgh;'surtace tension will allow the slight pressure difference across the air-water jntertace Ci,e., p,=-W/A) needed to prevent flow and thus keep the index card in place. Recall from Egvation (1:21) in Section 1.9 AH= H;- My (con't) gan2.5!" | (con't) that the pressure diffenence across an interface is proportional to the surface tension of the liquid, 0, and the rativs of curvature, ‘R, of the infertace. That is, p,~ T/R Thus, for small enoigh gap, 24, which giles a small enoigh interface radius of corvafure, #, sortace tension is large enrugh to keep the water from Flowing and the index card remains in place. Consider come typical numbers to obtain an approximation of the gap prodvced. Assume N= in. =0.25H, He 2in,= 0.1874, fyly =/E7 psig, and W/A < we can sum moments about © +e locate vesultint te obtain Fresulaet (4) © Fare (lm) t Fey (Im 0, sett) 30 Tat (aeom xin )(im) + (10.5 x1o°N)(0. 404m) oe 639x107 N = 0.990 mm above betom of conduit 252n57 (3) () QQ 2.57 Forms used to make a concrete basement wall are shown in F, ff itt Fig. P2.57. Each 4-ft-long ferm is held together by four ties—two atthe top and two at the bottom as indicated. Determine the tension in the upper and lower ties, Assume concrete acts as a fluid with hest a weight of 150 Ib/ft’ peers 4 fat | © iz cs £ Ara Conerete Jr i ie Form —4 +> Zz f | helt x ° width = 4H ity es 2 MFIGURE P2.57 ER=0, o Fth=k and AM,=0, or AL th & “Ah, where Fy =peA=oh.A Thos, Faz 15048 (54) (0H +H) = 30 000 Ib Also, Dp = 104 - Yr = Jot -y. - (pry) = lot he - = Jot 5 tt — ZAMUONE lof SH ee rot =StH-/37H Jxe %A or 4g = 3.33 Ft Thos, from Eg. (2): (9 HE, + (14) FE, = (3.33 tH) (30, 00018) = 99,900 H-b or FF, tf = 99,900 From Fo.(1), F, +x = 39000 |b or F, =34000- F, Thus, from £4.03), GF, +30,000-F =99 900 or F,= 8740/6 so that F, = 30, 000/b -§ 740/h =2) 26082.58 2.58 A structure is attached to the ocean floor as shown in Fig. ‘2.58. A 2-m-diameter hatch is located in an inclined wall and hinged on one edge. Determine the minimum air pressure, p,, within the container to open the hatch. Neglect the weight of the hatch and friction in the hinge. = FIGURE P2.58 Fe AA where A= Mom + 4 (2m) 31030" atts = /0,5an ye Thus, Re Co] we, io 5m \(E)l20n)” fA = 533x0°V To locate Fr, Yee 7 +4. where 9,5 Be. inn 2 Bee So thet Ir (EXim)* + Zam = Al.olzmm (2lam Yaron) > For eguilibriom, : = M,=0 go that Ky (2h0l20n — 20m) = BAM om)* Cam) pe 3,33x0° N)(1.012m) Th Fe T (tan)* (lan) LOTR Fa2.59 2.59 A long, vertical wall separates seawater from freshwater. If the seawater stands at a depth of 7 m, what depth of freshwater is required to give a zero resultant force on the wall? When the resultant force is zero will the moment due to the fluid forces be zero? Explain. Rr a are resultead force Frs = Feg a i Tele As* yA, A, A Thus, for 4 unit length of wall | Fes [P| a ( t0.t 2%) (LEY (tor xm) = (9.80%)( io 4= ‘Tim phe ane = ® ¥ In ovder for moment to be a0, Fog and Feg must be collinear, For Fes: y : Exe . - lim) (tm)? RA we (Lm) (4 ian) ttm = bm Sirol ae (oy ora leg e Thus, the distunee te Fes trom the bottom (point 0) us Tm- Yl72am = 2:33am. For Foy this distance 1s af Lim) (1.1m) (Zt) (7100 1m) + EM mm = fT ae Ziim=4elem = 237m. The serees are not tollnear. No.2.60 -y-7-2---- 2.60 A pump supplies water under pressure to a large tank as shown in Fig. P2.60. The circtlar-plate valve fitted in the short ts discharge pipe on the tank pivots about its diameter A-A and is held shut against the water pressure by a latch at B. Show that the force on the latch is independent of the supply pressure, p, and the Pressure P height of the tank, h. | as Oi o ApaR 4 5 M@ FIGURE P2.60 if the gate is the same as i A ela LGe tor ln fank with a depth of " o ptth as shown in the figure. SM 20, or }. i yeu "8 Om %) Fe =RFe ele where Fhe fA = Sh (MR*) = (pt¥h) (WR?) and L awR* a 2 oe MGA (Bethy a ~ CRAY e Thus, from Eqs. (1) and (2) 2 Br) A =k F Fao The ke aan PHM TR) or Fg = YER? which is independent of both p and h. ‘Supply Xo 2-S5weighing 800 Ib is held in place by a horizontal flexible cable as shown in Fig. P2.6! Water acts against the gate which is hinged at point A. Friction in the hinge is negligible. Determine the tension in the cable. ‘A homogeneous, 4-ft-wide, 8-ft-long rectangular gate B= YAA where hoz (GE) sih bo? Thus, k= 2.48, )(E Novibe' tex +f) = 38904 % locate Fr, Ip et LB where 4,2 3ft aA rr cs of GANLAY R BFE the) For eguili briam, 2M, =0 d T (aft \binbo}) = 4 (et) tosbot) + Fe (244) qa, ealb Mite Mins bat)» 800 1) (2.60) ~ (8 Ft) (sin b0*) = 1350 |b + 2f4 = 46 Ft an2.63 An area in the form of an isosceles triangle with a base width of 6 ft and an altitude of 8 ft lies in the plane forming one wall of a tank which contains a liquid having a specific weight | of 79.8 Ib/ft’. The side slopes upward making an angle of 60° with the horizontal. The base of the triangle is horizontal and the vertex is above the base. Determine the resultant force the fluid exerts on the area when the fluid depth is 20 ft above the base of the triangular area. Show, with the aid of a sketch, where the center of pressure is located. Yes ae An = 40,43 ft a = Y, sin bo® Pressure 204A = (708 tale 1a 4) neo} (4)(o 0844) = 33,900 Ib eee 44 . GAH (a0,434t)(4)(6 fext#) + fe where Dy, = Ea (felon) Thys , t+ doy¥3 ft = Job Ft The force, A, acts Through The center of pressure which is located a distance of ae ft - 20,6 FE = hug ft Suh bo? a above The base of the triamle es Shown sn shetch, Za)2.64 2.64 Solve Problen 2.63if the isosceles triangle is replaced with a right triangle having the same base width and altitude as the isosceles triangle, center of Pressure (see solution fo Probleng 2.63) Rk ~ Lege *R* yoy 7 He (24, 2,26) Where a A Luye = (Aes es) = 32 £¢* (see Fig. aled) Gnd Yo= 40.43 fk [see solution ty Problem 2.63) Thus, ~R 22 ft" : * Gow rellenen) ~ 2 = 207Fe The force fe, acts Through The center of pressure with Ceordinakes x,: 2,07 ft and 9/2 3.49 ft (see sketch),2.65 2.65 A vertical plane area having the shape shown in Fig. P2.65is immersed in an oil bath (specific weight = 8.75 KN/m'). Determine the magnitude of the resultant force acting on one side of the area as a result of the oil. FIGURE P2.65 Break aren into two parts as shown tn figure. For area /* 6,2 eh A, (e.15 &Y( 42 Vem 24m) = 290 4H For area & Fags hex As = (3.95%, )( 4 )(£) (4m 44m) = 933-4N Thus, Faz, t Fy AoA + 1234 = 393 4N 2-542.66 | 2.66 A 3-m-wide, &-m-high rectangular gate is located at the end of a rectangular passage that is connected to a large open tank filled with water as shown in Fig, P2.66. The gate is hhinged at its bottom and held closed by a horizontal force, Fi, located at the center of the gate, The maximum value for Fyyis 3500 KN. (a) Determine the maximum water depth, h, above the center of the gate that can exist without the gate opening. (b) Is the answer the same if the gate is hinged at the top? Explain your answer. Lam) = ana trom li) so that i= 16.2 m (con é ) HB FIGURE P2.66 Sr gate hinged at bottorn moet ZMy =o | So That i Ye he4e Hm) Fy = L Fe (sec figure) 1) | L ana Faz aha = (420% )(4) (Sm x¥m) i Fre Ps YR = (9.90 x24 A) AN Pag are Hr = tee ot lam Yom)? ® tes Zee ny . nti! , 4 elites ee Beri) aie: = 533 44 Thus, dag - Erk) = 4-5 4m) (35004N) = (4- £:33)(4.30 x 24)(h) 44 2-60(Cent) For gate hinged at top My =0 so that Am) Fy a L, Fe (see Ligjare) a) where Ly 4p- Gi-4) = (233 4) ~ (Aa) = 535 +4 bn Thus, From Ey.) Ae Yo Ch) (Hom ) (3500-48) = ($3 +4)(9.90%24)) 2N and A=/3.5 0m Maximum depth for gate Aingea at top 13 less Than tmaximam depth Rr gate hingea at dottom, 2-612.67 2.67 A gate having the cross section shown - P2.67 closes an opening 5 ft wide and 4 ft water reservoir. The gate weighs 500 Ib and its center of gravity is 1 ft to the left of AC and 2 ft above BC. Determine the horizontal re- Hines action that is developed on the gate at C. an Gate tfc hand A FIGURE P2.67 Ra¥R A, where fer = 8fberge 9 SSS 7 Thus, Pal iy Fxlez4 2, ett ste x 5H) os Ste = 15,600 Ib To locate Fy, - Dxe 4% A” Ser where Y,, = a 42st =125f4 e So That : y= BEEAMERY yas ft = 12.07 ft 4 (a sttNettx Sft) Also, Fa A, where =, (etervse) so tat ie B= Ng, (2A)(A) + G24 By Viz te) (3 Rash) = I, a3o Ib Bor equilibrium, ZM,=0 and Cy, - S ) + wt) - RG) - Ree) 0 Tak : 4 Bias om 67 ft- te) + (s00 b) lift) -f ~tyate WEF) Gah +f 2-626B 2.68 The massless, 4-ft-wide gate shown in Fig. P2.68 pivots about the frictionless hinge O. Itis held in place by the 2000 Ib counterweight, W. Determine the water depth, h. Ree YA where hy Thus, 5 Als Ae bh 4) Bh locate Fr, Due = Sa faa a, = 2 3 By eguh brim, = M, =2 5 d = W(sfb) Where so that } _ (2000 lb )(3#4) Fh, VEG) Thas, ve (3200 Ib )(3Ft) * (GE, YEA) f= 5248 d= 4-Ip= h i Water12.69 *2.69 A 200-Ib homogeneous gate of 10-ft. width and 5-ft length is hinged at point A and held in place by a 12-ft-long brace as shown in Fig. P2.69. As the bottom of the brace is moved to the right, the water level remains at the top of the gate. The line of action of the force that the brace exerts on the gate is along the brace. (a) Plot the magnitude of the force exerted on the gate by the brace as a function of the angle of the gate, 0, for 0 = 8 = 90°. (b) Repeat the calculations for the case in which the weight of the gate is negligible. Comment on the results as 050. 2) For the tree- body - diagram of the gate (see figure), Zhi=0 So that RUF) + WIE cose) = (ty cos d)(Lsie) + [Fy si04)(Deasa) ty Also, LsthO =L sin $ Cassumiig hinge and end of brace at sume elevation ) a Sih p= 4 sh O gna Be yhA~ v (FSP) (Qu) where ur ss the gate width, Thus, ©%.0) can be wri Hey as 3 VE Ysin8) wo + WA cose = FL (cosh sinO + sri f cose) so That 2 ae pe (LE sine + Y cos . (C22) tne + ¥ | B 2) | cosd sinO + sing cose Cosh tan 6 + Sing For Y= 024 blr, L=5tt, w= loft, and W = 200/b, | # | &: (624 $s NSH) of jong , 2224 i cog tanO +sin hb cos tenb + ang? (con't) a 2-6FP2.69 (Con't ) Since sing = sin@ and ¢= Sf, La 2f 4 oD he sing = F se and for 4 gwin &, g Cn be determined. Thus, Eg.() Cun be used determine Fy fr 4 given 8. (6) For W=0, £.(3) reduces to KR = 2600 tm 14) Cos$ tine + sing ana Egl4) can be used +o determine Fz hr gwen @ Tabuylated data ef Fyvs.6 fr Lh W=200]) 4nd Wo lb are given below. 8, deg Fe, Ib (W=200 Ib) Fo, Ib (W = 0 Ib) 90.0 2843 2843 85.0 2745 2736 80.0 2651 2633 75.0 2563 2536 70.0 2480 2445 65.0 2403 2360 60.0 2332 2282 55.0 2269 2210 50.0 2213 2144 45.0 2165 2085 40.0 2125 2032 35.0 2094 1985 30.0 2075 1945 25.0 2069 1911 20.0 2083 1884 15.0 2130 1863 10.0 2250 1847 5.0 2646 1838 2.0 3858 1836 A plot of the date js given on The following page. (Lon z) 2-652.69 Cton't ) 0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 80.0 90 Theta, deg (b) (cond? As 8-0 te value of Fe cay be determned from Eg, 2600 tan® 0 Ges} tenO sing Since Sing = F sind it plows tant cos p= Vi~ sir = V/- (E)3inb and There pre = ei 2600 cs : os Wi- (8 )*s°8 tnd + 2 sno h- EYon +5 6 Thus, as 6-90 2600 i" Us A ~ ee = LPH Phqsicall y This. resulé means Tut for 6% 0, the value of Fe 'S thdeterminate, but fr any "very small” yolye of 8% will &pproach 1940 Ib.2.70 An open tank has a vertical partition and on one side contains gasoline with a density p = 700 kg/m’ at a depth of 4 m, as shown in Fig. P2.70.A rectangular gate that is 4m high and 2 m wide and hinged at one end is located in the partition. Water is slowly added to the empty side of the tank. At what depth, h, will the gate start to open? _-Pattition H FIGURE P2.70 Fag = % te, Ay / tea Where 4 tefers to gasoline. A fr," (Too As, )(4.5) 2) (2mm) (mx 2m) 1, = lox N = loRN Feu. = Un Fen Ave where wt refers to water. 4 3N\(h Fee (4.80% 10 “)(4) (2m xh) where h is depth of water. 3) p2 Ft (9.80 x10 A Por equilibrium F 2M, =o. so that ‘A, 4 Fe bw © Fay bs wit Ds J ana Ly = 5m Thus, (4.80% W)C CZ) = Gio niorw) CE m) and Which is the imiting Value for h. 2-672.71 2.71 A 4-ft by 3-f massless rectangular gate is used to close the end of the water tank shown in Fig. P2.71, A 200 Ib weight attached to the arm of the gate at a distance £ from the friction. less hinge is just sufficient to keep the gate closed when the water depth is 2 ft, that is, when the water fills the semicircular lower portion of the tank, If the water were deeper the gate would open. Determine the distance €. ots a ging wh 20016 — MFIGURE P27) If { Fat thA where hz 28 (sae Fg. 2.18) Thus, Fae eS ( eae) =has tie) Ge) = 333 IL Tea locate Fe wy a > = Lxe dR” Gea ft = o.tont FR (see Fig. 2:19) M2 (ee Ye (8) (ne) 30 7 BGO) tose) (2F4)" 4 GH ite se (LEP) cae GH) Tes 377 ' Por eguilrbrium , UTMy=o So that Jol = Fy (1 + Ye) Ona (333 tb) (i e+ biweft) ~ 3.13 ft Zoo |b 2-68Zune: Z a a = 2.72 A rectangular gate that is 2 m wide is wore located in the vertical wall of a tank containing so Y water as shown in Fig. P2.72. Itis desired to have Y Ye Ye the gate open automatically when the depth of + ~ water above the top of the gate reaches 10 m. (a) T ae At what distance, d, should the frictionless hor- be pa izontal shaft be located? (b) What is the magni- E tude of the force on the gate when it opens? 4 FIGURE P2.72, (4) Ms depth increases the corter of pressure rmoves toward the centroid of the gate. Lf we lecate hinge at Ye when depth =lomed , the gate will open automatically for any further increase in depth. Since, a ae ie a (dm) Cm)? ia 12. a a tC aman) A = len then d= Y_~lOm = Fallon - 10m = ih) For the depth shown, B= Y4A = (9.80 48 Vii2.0m) (am x 4m) = 74) RN 2-69nie 2.73 A thin 4-ft-wide, right-angle gate with negligible mass is free to pivot about a frictionless hinge at point O, as shown in Fig. P273. The horizontal portion of the gate covers a 1-ft- diameter drain pipe which contains air at atmospheric pressure. Determine the minimum water depth, h, at which the gate will pivot to allow water to flow into the pipe. @ FIGURE P2.732 For eguili briam > M, = ae Fr, «hehe xf, a) ss Fe, V & ye ie Fea rhe A, ; I = (62.4 BS) (464 xh) a = /25h° for the force on the horizontal portion of the gake (whch 1s balanced by pressure on both sides except for the area of the pipe) Fees YA(E)i#)? = baw Baya) = 49.0h t Thus, Frem 29.0) witn if, = and L,73£8 C2s4?A) = 4.04) (348) h= LEgte2.74% 2.74 An open rectangular tank is 2 m wide and 4 m long. The tank contains water to a depth of 2 mand oil (SG = 0.8) on top of the water to a depth of | m. Determine the magnitude and location of the resultant fluid force acting on one end of the tank. Use the concept of The pressure el prison (see Ligure), f Far= 4, A Stn 50 That Fr, = (0,8) (4.01 24) 2 iarc2m) = 7.85 4” Let ur~ bith = 2am Fra® BAL where p is pressure of depth 4, . Thus, Frege (%iy 4,) Ugur) =(0,8)(4, BY Vie) am dion) = 314 AN Mse, fas> G0 te A; so Tht Fat Pg (BWA. 4) = (9.408% V2 (am xd) = 39.2 by wa 4 far t Fin +Feg = TBGEN + SLOAN + 342 2H = TBSAN To locate fz sum moments around atis through 0, se thet Fa = Fe 1 + Fanta + Fey ds ” Where de ts distance ty Fa. Since Fai) Far and Fay act Through the Centrojds of Their respective pressure prisms it fellows That y= FZ lim) y= tm t Im 22m) dg = bw +3 (2m) ann trom &40 (7. t5 49 NZ) im) +31. ¥AN (Rm) + (34.24w)(1m+ 4) eee 7eoRN = 2.03 am (below oil free surface ) ee 2=7t[*Z.75 | (Cont) *2.7S — Anopen rectangular settling tank contains a liquid 2.0 12.3 Suspension thatat a given time hasa specific weight that varies 24 127 approximately with depth according to the following data: 28 12.9 32 13.0 EE Ale ai i) ¥(kNim) eS ee enna 0 10.0 04 10.1 The depth hk = 0 corresponds to the free surface. By means 08 10.2 of numerical integration, determine the magnitude and lo- aD 10.6 cation of the resultant force that the liquid suspension ex- 16 3 erts on a vertical wall of the tank that is 6 m wide. The depth of fluid in the tank is 3.6 m, The magnitude of the Suid lorce yy : f Con be found by summing The ay bberokiy becerzarezzza forces acttig on The herigiatl strip shoun | TO% i “4 The fryure. Thus, E 4 w tz = [dz = of dh ) Rk f z if @ kK | 6 GC & where p is the pressure at dept 4, To fd p we use Gp. 24 qnd with dez-adh 4 pa): [vad (2) ssi can be lateg rated numerecally using The ae! : : a apegordal rule, ce, Ts Zz ae \%,7 %2) | Where Gn x, xn 4 and nz number of dade pouty The pressure Astribuben 1s given below, hm >, KN/m*3._ Pressure, kPa 0 0 10.0 04 10.1 4.02 08 10.2 8.08 fi) 10.6 12.24 16 11.3 16.62 20 12.3 21.34 24 127 26.34 28 129 31.46 32 13.0 36.64 36 13.4 41.86 (cont? 2-72"275 | Ceon't ) Eguation 1) Can now be integrated numer: clly using the Frapegoidal rule with Yup and xo 4 a The apprexjmate Value of The” wrtegral is 7hOT = Thus, wits # [pea = 7/07 &¥ 2 om B= (bm) (71.07 4) = 426 &N To locate fe Sum moments about axis formed by intersectioy of Vertical Wall and Had surface, Thus, H E4#,= b fe pak (3) The integrand, hp) Can now be determined ana Is tabulated below. h,m Pressure, kPa_h *p, KNim 0 0 0.00 04 4.02 1.61 08 8.08 6.46 1.2 12.24 14.69 16 16.62 26.59 20 21.34 42.68 24 26.34 63.22 28 31.46 88.09 3.2 36.64 117.25 36 41.86 150.70 Egaation 13) can now be integrated numerically using Tne trapegoidal rule with gw hp ana ¥x h, The appresimate Value of me integral ts 17% 4 AN. 7 4 Thas, vita [dpet ey } it tolows trom 2g, (3) thet A Z: + S tp ah - Gm Vlirey hy) | Pr R Fe 426 £9 il The vesultant force acts 246m below fluid surkace.276 2.76 — The closed vessel of Fig. P2.76 contains water with an air pressure of 10 psi at the water surface. One side of the vessel contains a spout that is closed by a 6-in.-diameter circular gate that is hinged along one side as illustrated. The horizontal axis of the hinge is located 10 ft below the Piel aeene water surface. Determine the minimum torque 3 that must be applied at the hinge to hold the gate ay shut. Neglect the weight of the gate and friction at the hinge. let F~ force due to atv ¥,(4)(2)(t) = 40x. 2 Re (She Ar) g fi 5 ne CARY: ER, 4 & w= 3 Dera lesra) Ta determine Ys consider the pressure distribuhoa on the bottom : = Fre hyd A PERLE Summing moments about A, 4,7 (4) + & (39) (con't) 2-76"2.78 Ceon't) se tnt y,< Fee) + Fe ($0) = Fala)+ Flos 5 Where BeAr k. Substitution of expressions for FL and Fe yields , Ari 2 we ete Rhrhy Por egur librium of the dam, ZMy=0, so thet &4,-WGt)- FY +B 4, <0 a and with ¥= 62.4 UW/fe?, x= 150 Ihffe>, and Reloft, Then: Ge 3/.2h? We bo00L Ae size 4, = lols SHB 2 “sine Re 312 (Lio) 2 4,7 £ Bt Gh) (2ke) 2 heh; Ih +10) Substitution of these expressions sito EZ.) yields, (512 NAY ~ (coos) (38) ~ (228,)(2he) z [31.2 (Ar) A] Ghew)d) 2, 3(A +10) Yhich can be simplified to BLL? + 20982 ~ 3996 07- 10,400 6 ez) SiO Thus, for a given ae @ can be determined trom the condition +tynB=80/2, and E9.(2) solved fey h. For the dam widths specified, The maximum water depths ave givin below. Note That for The +wo largest dam widths The water would overflow The dim betore it would topple. Dam width, €, ft Maximum depth, h, ft 20 48.2 30 61.1 40 18 50 81.1 60 89.1 2-772.79 2.79 (See Fluids in the News article titled “The Three Gorges Dam,” Section 2.8.) (a) Determine the horizontal hydrostatic force on the 2309-m-long Three Gorges Dam when the average depth of the water against itis 175m. (b) If all of the 6.4 billion people on Earth were to push horizortally against the Three Gorges Dam, could they generate enough force to hold it in place? Support your answer with appropriate calculations, (a Ra eh A= (4:20 x10", )( 22 )(insm 2, 304m) = 3M = = APL )MZ )C1.155en)= 4% RN 7 C40 APNE Nm) * d= 2tan30°= 1.155 om an ows ¥ [# nase 5 (2yuna] volume of tone = F (8) s ynat (te. te] 2 = (27 BY y(n) (155m) (Fm) = 754 kw Thus, Fos 47 AN + 15 4kAN = SIT AN and the force on The cone has a magnitude of MITKN and 13 directed vertically downward aleng The Cone exis.2.3% a) (2) (2) A (s) (6) (7) 2.88 The homogeneous gate shown in Fig. P2.88 consists of one quarter of a circular cylinder and is used to maintain a water depth of 4 m. That is, when the water depth exceeds 4 m, the gate opens slightly and lets the water flow under it, Determine the weight of the gate per meter of length. Consider the free body diagram: of the gate and a portion of the water asshown. gate Mp =0 ) or LaW+2,W, - Ft, - Fhy,=9, where Fy =A, A = 98x10" (A bsm)(Im)(Im) 2 343kNV since for the Vertical side, he =4m- 25m = 3.5m Also, Fy 2Uthh = 2.810" gs em) (Imm) = 39.2 kW Also W, a OCUmP - ¥(Zdm)*) (1m) = 280 F ~ 2] m= 2.10 kV Now, Hs =0.5m and = Te _ i (/m)(Im) 2, = 0.5m +(Ye-Y.)= 0.5m + ga 705m + 7 ad =0.524m and La = 1m- #8 =/- telm) =0,57%m To determine £,, consider a unit sqyare that consits of @ guarler cicle and the remalnder as shown inthe figure. The centroids of areas @ and © areas indicated. Thus, (0.5 - £)A, = (0.5-L)f, (con't) 2-872.88 |(con't) so that with A, = Bu" = z and Ay2l -# Mis gives (0.5~ SE =(0.5-4)(I-2) or (8) f= 0,223 m Hence, by combining Eqs (1) throvgh (8): (0.876m)W +(0,223m) (2.10 kW) — (34.3kN) (0.524m) - (39.2 kN) (0.5m) =O on W= 644kN 2-888.89 2.84 The concrete (specific weight = 150 lb/ft) seawall of Fig. P2.84 has a curved surface and restrains seawater at a depth of 24 ft. The trace of the surface is a parabola as illustrated. Determine the moment of the fluid force (per unit length) with respect to an axis through the toe (point A). Seawater | = 0232 —— FIGURE P2.89 The components of the fluid force acting on The well are & and Was shown on the Figure where B= Uh A = (enon, (AE* ante eice) = 19, 4oob and 9,7 t4f8 2 Pre Alse, West Te determne % tind area 86D. Thus, (see Aigure te rignt) Xo “6 2 As [cas-4) dx = [ (4-0.qx ) dx 2 F ° %, = Vize xo = [24x - 08% i C pote: AU lengths 14 £6) and with 47 Vizag» A= 175 fA* 50 thet Hs Axltt = ize A Thus. ay = (e40 Bs )(i75 #3) = 1,200 Ib Te locate centro of A+ a in % . 2 4 xA = [ean = | (4-4) x dx » [Gtx 20 ddx = (iy 5 iB 2 CL dedi te eee ae = 4 Is Thus, My = Fy, ~ W (Us- %) (18, 400 Ib (2-4) ~ (1h, 200 b (1 Ft -4n Ft) = 25 200 lb) 2-842.90 2.90 — Acylindrical tank with its axis horizontal has a diameter of 2.0 m and a length of 4.0 m The ends of the tank are vertical planes. A vertical, 0.1-m-diameter pipe is connected to the top of the tank. The tank and the pipe are filled with ethyl alcohol to a level of 1.5 m above the top of the tank. Determine the resultant force of the alcohol on one end of the tank and show where it acts. z—- L Centroid Fe = rh, A Lom | where 4g= Smt hom = 25m Fie So That ; corer of pressure Fe * C7484 )(2.50)(F)(2.0m)*= 60.8 4N Also, ~ Lee = owe ke G4 * % Where 4,24¢ so Thel 7 Can )* = Ft Tm = 2.bom (350m \#) (tm)? Thus, the resultant force has a magnitude of 60. 8AN Gnd acts at a distance of oY, = Abom~ 250m = 2.100m below center ef tank end wall.2.41 2.41 If the tank ends in Problem 2.90 are hemispherical, what is the magnitude of the resultant horizontal force of the alcohol on one of the curved ends? For eguilibriam , Fe = Fal] (see figure) = 608AN Gince solution fr horiyonte| force the same as for Problem 2.40). 2-91TA 2.92 An open tank containing water has a bulge in its vertical Side that is semicircular in shape as shown in Fig, P2.92.,Deter- mine the horizontal and vertical components of the force that the water exerts on the bulge. Base your analysis on a I-ft length of the bulge. MFIGURE p2q2 Fi, horgontal force of wall on Fluid By vertical force of wall on Plaid i fu Paul. h: Yio Yor fr = (624 fh)( OR") (1 #4) = 992 Ib Fe VbA = (oxy By )(b ee 13%) (bfe«i te) = 3370 1b For equilibrium, Fy =Ww = 982 lb ana F,2F = 3370lb< H 1 The force the water exerts on the bulge is egual +) buk opposite ti direction to Fy, and Fy above. Thus, (B.),., = 3370lb —> it ea [eee (Fdwan = 832% 4 2-92.2.93 A closed tank is filled with water and has a 4-ft- diameter hemispherical dome as shown in Fig. P2.92 A U-tube manometer is connected to the tank. Determine the vertical 4-it diameter force of the water on the dome if the differential manometer “25S reading is 7 ft and the air pressure at the upper end of the ma- @ nometer is 12.6 psi 1 at 4 Water P2.q3 Por egu librium, F, 2 Frerkéal =? ( so that A f= pA- Ww I a) where Fy WS the force the dome exerts on The Llyid . ome Kxerms on Me tlytd and pis the water Pressure at The hase ef The dome, From The manometer, ht %, (7H) -%,, A) = 6 Jo That - lb in las, ori) + a\innp,)6 8) es, )oa = 2580 By Thus, from £3.) with volume of sphere = T Grameber 3 by 2 Foz (2x10 4. Tony” — 4 [8 640") (ny ,) 35100 lb u The orce thet the vertical force that the water exerts on The dome /s 365 100lb b . 2-4932.g 2.9% A 3-m-diameter open cylindrical tank contains water and has a hemispherical bottom as shown in Fig. P2.94 Determine the magnitude, line of action, and direction of the force of the water on the curved bottom. I H FIGURE P2.94 Force = weight of water supported by hemispherical beltow 4 Yellen of cylinder )- (volume of hemisphere) | 2.908% (¥ (3mm) Gm) = (sm)] " 485 &N The force is divectect vertically downward , nd due to symmetry it acta on the hemisphere along The Vertical axis of the Cylinder. 495 AN2.95 2.45 Three gates of negligible weight are used to hold back water in a channel of width b as shown in Fig. P2.45. The force of the gate against the block for gate (b) is R. Determine (in terms of R) the force against the blocks for the other two gates. For Case (bh) m FIGURE P2495 by Faz theA= Yh hxs) = Heb 7 Gnd Ip Bd e Thus, so That Zits + Fr 7 ne (F4)% Te £2 (ZA) 1H ) Foze (cides > ao 7 @ £4 (Se 372 "Fy 2.19) For Case (a) on free- body chagram sith ty te kl Fee aes acoves)) ane | T Ire ah be and We x Vl s = rh)” )] R [ee &) B = woh?s 16 Thus, ZMy =2 2 thet w(4- #4) + RRs) = fh TARE 4 Hh y+ HEB CEH) = | Ie Cont ) 2-952.95 Clont ) LE follows That Fy = y47b (0.390) From &¢. ahs IR, Thus Fg = LITR for case (6), tor the Free- body chegram shou, the force ty 07 ME turved section passes Through the hinge ana Therefore does not contribule tr the moment around H. On boom part of gate Fae ted = HFN Sab) = Sah a} Bey . BOM, Ie * = so Tt a ht” (Blea) 4 = 2 = Bh Thus, = My =0 So Thet ie a B(#i)= & b 2 ee - 2 or 6, (ames) = Zxvs From fq.) thth= 32, thus f= gee 28TER 2-96297. 2.97 A freshly cut log floats with one fourth of its volume pro- truding above the water surface. Determine the specific weight of the log. Vv Y = log volume CH) Fn = W or 3 Sno Vino ia Uy V ho GV Thus, P Vio " av Sry = Ono oY o 3 tb Yog = ug = OLA He) = 46,8 a 297:2.98 Ariver barge. whose cross section is approximately rectangular, carries a load of grain. The barge is 28 ft wide and 90 ft long. When unloaded its draft (depth of submergence) is 5 ft, and with the load of grain the draft is 7 ft. De- termine: (a) the unloaded weight of the barge, and (b) the weight of the grain. Mm Ey eguilibridin, mas Zl erktee| =o So that Ws Ae % Gitnaned| usliome) u (62.4. ) (54 K2B£E x 4 £t) 786,000 Ib ne u re Ferdical = War Wly = Fy = 8, # (submerge volume) . Ib Wg (242, (na x2844 x 40#t) ~ 7Al, ooo lb = 315 000 |b Wy» weight of barge (unloaded ) fs Wa weight of grain2.99 2.99 A tank of cross-sectional area A is filled with a liquid of specific weight y, as shown in Fig. P2.99a, Show that when a — cylinder of specific weight y, and volume ¥ is floated in the lig- ah uid (See Fig. P2.99b), the liquid level rises by an amount : 4h = (n/n) ¥/A t H | W = weight of cylinder = 0% weicune race For equilibrium, W = weight of liquid displaced = Uh A, =%% where 4=h, Ar Thus, LY =U%, or “-$¥ However, the final volume within the tank is equal to the initial volume plus the volume, ¥4 , of the cylinder that issvbmerged. That is ) (H+ah)A = HAY2.100 2.100 When the Tucurui dam was constructed in northern Brazil, the lake that was created covered a large forest of valu- able hardwood trees. It was found that even after 15 years underwater the trees were perfectly preserved and underwater logging was started. During the logging process a tree is selected, trimmed, and anchored with ropes to prevent it from shooting to the surface like a missile when cut, Assume that a typical large tree can be approximated as a truncated cone with a base diameter of 8 ft, a top diameter of 2 ft, and a height of 100 ft. Determine the resul:ant vertical force that the ropes must resist when the completely submerged tree is cut. The specific gravity of the wood is approximately 0.6. For eguilibrinm , va erie [P so thet He Fad C1) For a truncated Cone, Volume = 2B (r*+ hy ++) T Where’ = base radius W~ weight = Pep radius Fa ~ buoyant force b= height Tx tension in ropes Thus, ¥ EN as (te « 1) + 0-400] tree 3 = 2200 fe For buoyant force, Fe Say x Hi =(424 (2200?) = 137,000 |b Br weght , | We hoe h = (0.6624 2,) fa2004t") = 82, Yoolh c Ee Fam &3.U) T = 137,000 /b- €2,400/h = 54 b00 |b 2-0002 2102 An inverted test tube partially filled with air floats in 2 plastic water-filled soft drink bottle as shown in Video V2.7 and Fig, P2.102.The amount of air in the tube has been adjusted 50 that it just floats. The bottle cap is securely fastened. A slight squeezing of the plastic bottle will cause the test tube to sink to the bottom of the bottle. Explain this phenomenon, Whea the test tube is Floating the weight of The tube, I, is balanced by the bueyent Are Fy, 25s shown sr The figure . The bisyent force 13 due te The displaced volume of water 43 shown. This displaced volume is due ts the air pressure, p, trapped si The tube Where pe Br, 4. When the bottle is sgueeged , The ah Pressure im The bsttle, 2 /s Inereased slightly and Phare Cup eases, PD, The pressure Compressing The air ih the "best tube, Thus, the displaced velume is deereawd with a subseguent decrease i Fy, Since W ts "Constant , a decrease Ay wild Cause The test tube t sink | Air Test tube Water Plastic bottle m FIGURE P2.102 volume isplacedl 2-10)2,103 2.103 An irregularly shaped piece of a solid material weighs 8.05 Ib in air and 5.26 Ib when completely submerged in water. Determine the density of the material. W lis are) = fg x (volume) where ~~ density of maternal W Cin water) = Pg + (volume) - buogent force = pge (velume) ~- “ate (velume) Thas, W Gin air) f : i W (in water) C-Cro I= Cine or A He ~ _ fme , Co Wi unter) Saat W Gin air) ~ $051k 2-102.2.104 2.104 A 1-m-diameter cylindrical mass, M, is connected to a 2-m-wide rectangular gate as ¥ shown in Fig. P2.104.The gate is to open when the water level, /, drops below 2.5 m. Determine the required value for M. Neglect friction at the gate hinge and the pulley. 4 3 FIGURE P2.10+ Rayha x(A) 2) + = yt Ex om Mg where all lengths are tn mm, Hy 4 ‘ : For equilibrium, oe fk 4 Z Maz . so That 3 T= (hyn xk and 3 a ps Br the eylindneel mass Z Fypy =O anel THUG =i Ma a, Thus a a ye go 2 We x(zyy(-) $ ana for R22.5m ; _ (4.80410 y{ Ge + F lim)" (2.5m-tom) M an 7.8) = 2480 44 2-1032.105 2.108 When a hydrometer (see Fig. P2.105 and Video V2.8) hav. ing a stem diameter of 0.30 in, is placed in water, the stem pro- tudes 3.15 in, above the water surface. If the water is replaced with a liquid having a specific gravity of 1.10, how much of the stem would protrude above the liquid surface? The hydrometer weighs 0.042 Ib. Fluia surface B FIGURE P2105 When the hydrometey 1s Floating tts weegnt | Wyss balancea by the buoyant free, Fig. For Sguilibnum, Z Terhitat Thus, fr water fy 2 (He = W a where 4% 1s the submerged volume. Witn the new heguca ON" Gal(h,,)H=m =) Combining Egs.C1) anal2) uitn W constant Gino) as (S4)(¥i,5) Ve Y= a 7) G and Ceont ) 2-1042.105 (Cont) From go q) Ke Sapo bs etaxw pe? ae czy Ry Se that from Fy.) ~ -4 ne eet a eyo ft? 2 dito H-t 2 (6.73-bi2) xt t= obi xw ft? To obtan This difference the change in length, Af a (ZF )(0.30m.)° AL = (6.61 xio"* es)(1728 fe m8) AL= 1.49 tn. With the new Igual the stem Would Protrude Bis in. +149 ins bb¢in. above the surface Thas, 2-1052.106 2.106 A 2-ft-thick block constructed of wood (SG = 0.6) is submerged in oil (SG = 0.8). and has a 2-ft-thick aluminum (specific weight = 168 Ib/ft?) plate attached to the bottom as indicated in Fig. P2I06. Determine completely the force } required to hold the block in the position shown. a Aluminum Locate the force with respect to point A. 05 fig iY TA ton FIGURE P2.106 fe k'F fr egislibriv , My ¥ Lifveniesp 2? Few | We So That A F = We Fou, tMe> Fe Ate TF where : ade | Mur * (56,,)%,,) Ye, us ~ wood a ~ aluminum = (0.b) (62.4 Hs) (4) (tosee reer 24) = 500 Ib Fw force to held block Wat (leeds os tx iste 248) = lego Four = (S6:1 ) (Bayo) Mig = (0-8 (c2.4 Bs YA) (oft x¥fbe 2 fe) = Ze00 Ib Frat (SO.:1) (Yugo) = (0-8)(62.4 J, (0.544 + tof x 2A) = 499 Ib Thus, F = [500 1h —2e00 lb + 1680 Ib- 499 lb = 68! \b up Also, Z Myz0 50. at MT og = (1800)( Wee Four) + (58) (We - Fe) : D (wel b) = (2 £)(1500b- dooo lt) -+ (5-44) (1480 le ~ 444 Ib) and ° Bi 6.22 £t to wight of pomt A 2-1062.107 2.107 (See Fluids in the News article titled “Conerete canoe,” Section 2.11.1.) How much extra water does a 147-Ib concrete canoe displace compared ‘0 an ultralightweight 38-Ib Kevlar canoe of the same size carrying the same load? eymoquilier tes) ZX Frerhine 72 ney QW = Fe Saye ant 4 ts displacer volume. For Concrete Canoe, Ww irokerk) 2 ASS W22.3b RF Fe By Kevlar cance, Belb=(624 BH, Y= 060g FE 3 Extra water displacement = 2.36 ft% 0.404 Ft 115 $t" u ZOT2.103 2.108 An ice berg (specific gravity 0.917) floats in the ocean (specific gravity 1.025). What percent of the volume of the iceberg is under water? For equi [brivm, W = weight of iceberg = Fy = buoyant force or Wealtante ths Secan where YZ, = volume of ice submerged. Thus, on 2 Vee _ S6ice _ 0917 Yoo Uren SCeeean fons ~ 2845 = 895% 2-108ZNO 2.110 It is noted that while stopping, the water surface in a glass of water sitting in the cup holder of a car is slanted at an angle of 15° relative to the horizontal street. Determine the rate at which the car is decelerating. de _%y dy G tas where z=0 and g = fan IS 20.268 Thus, 0.268 =- ; «- ye or” ay pt = -(0.249)(32.2 2 )=- 8.435 2-1092.141 An open container of oil rests on the flatbed of a truck that is traveling along a horizontal road at 55 mi/hr. As the truck slows uniformly to a complete stop in 5 s, what will be the slope of the oil surface during the period of constant deceleration? dz ay dy at % 0 (ey 2.22) velocity = dared valecity time iatervel an = “mph Ss des _ C4 *) eA +O - © ~ (5 mph 04410 =) an Re 2-1102.112 A S-gal, cylindrical open container with a bottom area of 120 in. is filled with glycerin and rests on the floor of an elevator. (a) Determine the fluid pressure at the bottom of the container when the elevator has an upward acceleration of 3 fr/s*, (b) What resultant force does the container exert on the floor of the elevator during this acceleration? The weight of the container is negligible. (Note: 1 gal = 23; 23 ass (ay 9h 2 -o (ara (Eq. 2.26) ci é *) ‘ avea= A Thus, BN = volume & : aN (a wn3 fer = ~p (gra) [48 R (120 in? ) = Gaal sal ) © x A= 9.63 iin. and (ged) th Qe BB (e228 + 3H )( 262 g) my sag 2, (b) From free-body diagram of container, Beta Le * (¢29 B, ) (0 iw >) Vein? p) = 574 1b Thus, force of container on floor #s 57.4 [b downward. 16 2-1Pats. = FT 2.112 An open rectangular tank 1 m wide and 2 m long contains gasoline to a depth of 1 m. If the height of the tank sides is 1.5 m, what is the maximum horizontal acceleration (along the long axis of the tank) that can develop before the gasoline would begin to spill? To prevent spilling, oy =- 0.50 dg grag or, with 43-0) By * -(S)a so That v s- (-0 Peet = m (Gy), (4.50 7.81% ) 491 (Wote: Acceleration could be either to the right or the left. ) 2-22A 2.114 If the tank of Problem 2.113 slides down a frictionless plane that is inclined at 30° with the horizontal, determine the angle the free surface makes with the horizontal. From Newkons dad laur, ‘ Zz Fy =m &, Since the only force in the 4*directdy Is the Component of weight (mg )sin®, Uanig)\sin’ Sima ie > j 3 mmm mass of tank and So That ‘ a ay = } hol Gasoline and theresore ' Gy = ay cos8 Gy = - Gy sinB Also, Pe eg (eg, 2.28) ay 444, 1 = ee ie gq - a,5inB gg sinesing — sin@ cosO cece. ~ | -sin?@ = Se =-tand Hence, 42 = -tan8 4 nce, Fe tan®, so that the free Ade surface is at the same angle as the plone. 2-32.115 Acclosed cylindrical tank that is 8 ft in diameter and 24 ft long is completely filled with gasoline. The tank, with its Jong axis horizontal, is pulled by a truck along a horizontal surface. Determine the pressure difference between the ends (along the long axis of the tank) when the truck undergoes an acceleration of 5 ft/s? = J * ag a @) Thus, 2 24 for = 08 [ey 2 ° where p24 at 9=0 ant prt at Y=z4¥ ft, and BR-# = —f4y (24 fe) - lie ~ (132 EE )(s £ lan te) _ 4& = = (oo) Re or Mb Gee 1SP ope 2-1/42.116 2.416 The open U-tube of Fig. P2.116 is partially filled with a liquid. When this device is ac- celerated with a horizontal acceleration, a, a differential reading, h, develops between the manometer legs which are spaced a distance apart. Determine the relationship between a, {, and h. ano FIGURE P2.116 2-152.117 An oper. I-m-diameter tank contains water at a depth of 0.7m when at rest. As the tank is rotated about its vertical axis the center of the fluid surface is depressed. At what angular laid velocity will the bottom of the tank first be ex- Bie posed? No water is spilled from the tank. te = x ; RBPX LeZNle & Eguation for Surfaces of Constant pressure at 7M x (&q. 2,32)? x zp? ler | zs BE + constant 74 Rem tnthal dépth For free surface with =o at r=0, 4.0 23 The volume of fluid in votating tank is given b i} a a R R oa eas [anre dy = 2 a [rar » EE My 24 Jo t¢ Since the initial volume, ¥.=R*h;, must egual the final Volume, ave ary so That i 2 TOR Lark; #4 or z a : a Wwe a [421% \lotm) = jos tad (0. 5m )* aS 2-1162.118 2.118 An open, 2-ft-diameter tank contains water to a depth of 3 ft when at rest. If the tank is rotated about its vertical axis with an angular velocity of 180 rev/min, what is the minimum, height of the tank walls to prevent water from spilling over the sides? For free surface, 4; 4, 4,= ae +f (eq. 2.32) | AP a he volume of fluid in the rotating tank is given by R z 3 tg [amrk ar = an [(ste + Ar )ar ° 74 4 + THR e + = om (190 $e A eh « Lmih) 1A) 4 G22 ) + WA, (if) = 1 (27b +h) £4? Cuity 4, tn Fe) Since the inihal volume, emer h, = 1 (144)* (Ft) = 30H? and the final volume must be egual, hey or (2.74-+h,) f= 30 ft° and 4,= 0.240 4t Thus, from the first eguation (4,232) Be ore 6,240 Ft aud LY gop Wed y Lemvin) (gt) Li « (i30-y + tr Bale eit) Ch M path = Scbfe tn 2 (32.2 — 2-7ZH 24/19 A child riding in a car holds a string attached to a floa ing, helium-filled balloon, As the car decelerates to a stop, the balloon tilts backwards, As the car makes a right-hand turn, the balloon tilts to the right. On the other hand, the child tends to be Forced forward as the car decelerates and to the left as the car makes a right-hand tum. Explain these observed effects on the balloon and child. A floating balloon attached to 4. stringwill align ftself so that the string it normal to lines of constant pressure. Thus, if the car is not accelerating, the lines of p= constant pressure ape hortzontal (gravity acts vertically down), and the balloon floats Straight up" (é.e.8=0), If forced to A Fg -W= buoyant fare, the side (640), the balloon will return fa. - ey 1g" to the vertical (9=0) egurlibrivm fa - 7 - position. in which the two forces —--\sn¢ ; ine Up 5 = tension in Tand fp-W line up Pi a hing Fig.) Mo acceleration, 8 =0 for equilbrivm. Consider what happens when the car decelerates with an amount qy<0. As show by Eg, (2.28), the lines of constant pressure are not horizontal, but have a slope of z a ty = - Y 20 since ag20 94% : and 4y<0, Again, the balloon's equilibrivm | 2 : position is with the string normal to p const 1 & > de lines. That is, the balloon tilts back as | ' = : the car stops. m (eri : When the car turns, ay = a (the centrifugal « is J acceleration), the lines of prconst, are as ie ms “/ shown, and the balloon t/lts t0 the : mel outside af 1he conve fs Fig.(2) Balloon aligned so that string is normal to po=constant lines Fig, (3) Lett turn, bajloon tits te tight 2 ay VR2120. Pressure tn 4 rotating thud vanes th accordance with the €guation, pe foaie* y2 + constant ley. 2.33) Since f- 2.120 A closed, 0.4-m-diameter cylindrical tank is completely filled with oil (SG = 0.9) and rotates about its vertical longitudinal axis with an angular velocity of 40 rad/s. Determine the difference in pressure just under the vessel cover between a point on the circumference and a point on the axis. Bike, $= E(t -4?) Casio ss 48 ) (40 “ Seam) 0] = 2 on 2-1192.121 2.121 (See Fluids in the News article titled “Rotating mercury mirror telescope,” Section 2.12.2.) The largest liquid mirror telescope uses a 6-ft-diameter tank of meroury rotating at 7 rpm to produce its parabolic-shaped mirror as shown in Fig. P2.121. Deter- mine the difference in elevation of the mercury, Ah, between the edge and the center of the mirror, For free surface of rotating ligurd > wr? ae 2a + Constant lek Z=0 at y=0 and therefwe Constant =o. Thus, bh=dz for r= 3£E and with d we Gi pam) (2m es ) (a it follows that Ane (0.733 Receiver [Aight rays Mercury ‘o= 7 rpm BFIGURE P2121 (Eg, 2.32) Z71Zo,2422 2.122 Force Needed to Open a Submerged Gate Objective: A gate, hinged at the top, covers a hole in the side of a water filled tank as shown in Fig. P2.122 and is held against the tank by the water pressure. The purpose of this experiment is to compare the theoretical force needed to open the gate to the experimentally measured force. Equipment: Rectangular tank with a rectangular hole in its side; gate that covers the hole and is hinged at the top; force transducer to measure the force needed to open the gate; ruler to measure the water depth. Experimental Procedure: Measure the height, H, and width, b, of the hole in the tank and the distance, L, from the hinge to the point of application of the force, F, that opens the gate. Fill the ‘ank with water to a depth h above the bottom of the gate. Use the force transducer to determine the force, F, needed to slowly open the gate, Repeat the force measurements for various water depths. Calculations: For arbitrary water depths, h, determine the theoretical force, F, needed to ‘open the gate by equating the moment about the hinge from the water force on the gate 10 the moment produced by the applied force, Graph: Plot the experimentally determined force, F, needed to open the gate as ordinates and the water depth, A, as abscissas, Results: On the same graph, plot the theoretical force as a function of water depth. Data: To proceed, print this page for reference when you work the problem and click here to bring up an EXCEL page with the data for this problem. Vater tinge ry L 4 * | 7 m FIGURE P2.122 (cont) was 2y2.122 (Con't ) Solution for Problem 2.122: Force Needed to Open a Submerged Gate Lin H, in, , in. 7, Ib/ft3 Ios ft. 55 60 40 62.4 0.003472 h, in F,Ib FyIb yer ft od ft F,lb 24 10.1 1569 0.0138 0.264 = 9.03 185 89 13.43 0.0161 0.266 ~=—7.80 16.2 76 11.44 0.0189 «0.269 6.71 145 67 997 0.0217 0.272 5.91 128 58 849 0.0285 0276 5.11 114 47 7.02 0.0309 0.281 4,30 10.1 43 615 0.0352 0.285 «= 3.83 74 29 381 0.0568 0307 2.55 Since h > H, A= H*b = constant and |,; = b*H*3/12 = constant. F = F,*d/L, where F, = y*(h-H/2)*A, d= HI2 + (y, ye), and y, ~ Ye = le(h ~ H/2)*A Problem 2.122 Force, F, vs Water Depth, h ny 10 a 6 | C — Theoretical —a~ Experimental 2-/22ayes 2.123 — Hydrostatic Force on a Submerged Rectangle Objective: A quarier-circle block with a vertical rectangular end is attached to a balance beam as shown in Fig. P2.123. Water in the tank puts a hydrostatic pressure force on the block which causes a clockwise moment about the pivot point. This moment is balanced by the counterclockwise moment produced by the weight placed at the end of the balance beam. ‘The purpose of this experiment is to determine the weight, W, needed to balance the beam as a function of the water depth, h. Equipment: Balance beam with an attached quarter-circle, rectangular cross-section block; pivot point directly above the vertical end of the beam to support the beam; tank; weights; ruler. Experimental Procedure: Measure the inner radius, R,, outer radius, Rp, and width, b, of the block. Measure the length, Z, of the moment arm between the pivot point and the weight. Adjust the counter weight on the beam so that the beam is level when there is no weight on the beam and no water in the tank. Hang a known mass, m, on the beam and ad~ just the water level, hin the tank so that the beam again becomes level. Repeat with different masses and water depths. Calculations: For a given water depth, h, determine the hydrostatic pressure force, Fp = yh.A, on the vertical end of the block. Also determine the point of action of this for a distance yg — y, below the centroid of the area, Note that the equations for Fg and ye — Ye are different when the water level is below the end of the block (lt < R; ~ Rj) than when it is above the end of the block (t > Ry ~ Ri). For a given water depth, determine the theoretical weight needed to balance the beam by summing moments about the pivot point. Note that both Fy and W produce a moment. ‘However, because the curved sides of the block are circular arcs centered about the pivot point, the pressure ferces on the curved sides of the block (which act normal to the sides) do not produce any moment about the pivot point. Thus the forces on the curved sides do not enter into the moment equation. Graph: Plot the experimentally determined weight, W, as ordinates and the water depth, 1h, as abscissas, Result: On the same graph plot the theoretical weight as a function of water depth, Data: To proceed, print this page for reference when you work the problem and click here to bring up an EXCEL page with the data for this problem, Counter ‘weight Weight Water. ‘uarer-cirle block W FIGURE P2.123 (con't) 2-1232.123 CCon't) Solution for Problem 2.123: Hydrostatic Force on a Submerged Rectangle 5.0 m, kg 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20 0.22 0.24 0.26 0.28 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 W= 32.2 flls*2 * (m kg * 6 825E-2 slug/kg) Ra, in. L, in. b, in, 9.0 12.0 3.0 Experimental hin. W, Ib 0.00 0.00 4.14 0.04 1.58 0.09 1.92 0.13 2.51 0.22 2.76 0.26 2.99 0.31 3.20 0.35 341 0.40 3.60 0.44 3.80 0.48 3.99 0.53 4i7 0.87 4.33 0.62 4.50 0.66 4.95 0.77 5.39 0.88 5.83 0.99 6.27 1.10 6.70 4.24 Forh Ro - Ry: Fr =y"(h - (Re - Ri)/2)*(Re - Ri)" d= Ro ~ (Ro = Ri)/2 + (Ye~ Ye) YeYe = belhc"A lpg = b*(Re ~ Ry)*3/12 = 0.000771 ft he=h- (Rp -Ry)/2 A= b*(Ro-R)) (cet ) Fa, Ib 0.00 0.07 0.14 0.20 0.34 ot 0.48 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.78 0.86 0.94 1.01 1.08 1.28 1.47 1.66 1.85 2.04 g.fls'2 — , Ibis 32.2 YoVer ft 0.0512 0.0476 0.0444 0.0376 0.0328 0.0290 0.0260 0.0236 62.4 d,ft 0.750 0.719 0.706 0.697 0.680 0.673 0.667 0.661 0.655 0.650 0.644 0.639 0.634 0.631 0.628 0.621 0.616 0.612 0.609 0.607 Theoretical W, Ib 0.000 0.048 0.095 0.139 0.232 0.278 0.323 0.367 0.413 0.456 0.504 0.551 0.597 0.637 0.680 0.794 0,905 1.016 1.127 1.238 ‘Sum moments about pivot to give W"L = Fa"d 2-122./23 (Cont ) Problem 2.123 Weight, W, vs Water Depth, h —Theoretical ] = Experimental | 2-I252./2¢ 2.124 Vertical Uplift Force on an Open-Bottom Box with Slanted Sides Objective: Whe: a box or form as shown in Fig. P2.124 is filled with a liquid, the vertical force of the liquid on the box tends to lift it off the surface upon which it sits, thus al- lowing the liquid tc drain from the box. The purpose of this experiment is to determine the minimum weight, W, needed to keep the box from lifting off the surface. Equipment: An open-bottom box that has vertical side walls and slanted end walls; weights; ruler; scale. Experimental Procedure: Determine the weight, Wyo. of the empty box and measure its length, L, width, b, wall thickness, ,and the angle of the ends, 8. Set the box on a smooth surface and place a known mass, m, on it. Slowly fill the box with water and note the depth, +h, at which the net upward water force is equal to the total weight, W + Wyo where W = mg. This condition will be obvious because the friction force between the box and the surface on which it sits will be zero and the box will “float” effortlessly along the surface, Repeat for various masses and water levels. Calculations: For an arbitrary water depth, h, determine the theoretical weight, W, needed to maintain equilibrium with no contact force between the box and the surface below it. This can be done by equating the total weight, W + Woy to the net vertical hydrostatic pressure force on the box. Calculate this vertical pressure force for two different situations. (1) As- sume the vertical pressure force is the vertical component of the pressure forces acting on the slanted ends of the box. (2) Assume the vertical upward force is that from part (1) plus the pressure force acting under the sides and ends of the box because of the finite thickness, 1, of the box walls. This additional pressure force is assumed to be due to an average pressure of yyy = yh/2 acting on the “foot print” area of the box walls. Graph: Plot the experimentally determined total weight, W + Wyo, as ordinates and the water depth, h, as abscissas. Results: On the same graph plot two theoretical total weight verses water depth curves— one involving only the slanted-end pressure force, and the other including the slanted end and the finite-thickness wall pressure forces. Data: To proceed, print this page for reference when you work the problem and click here to bring up an EXCEL page with the data for this problem. W FIGURE P2.1242.124 (Cont) Solution for Problem 2.124: Vertical Uplift Force on an Open-Bottom Box with Slanted Sides 8, deg L, in. b, in. t, in, Wrox: Ib vy Ios 45 10.3 40 0.25 0.942 624 Experimental Theory 1 Theory 2 m, kg hin, W+Whow bh, in W+ Whos ID avg, ID/fY2W + Woy Ib 0.00 2.06 0.942 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.000 0.05 2.23 1.052 0.25 0.009 0.65 0.047 0.10 242 1.162 0.50 0.036 1.30 0.114 0.15 2.53 1.272 0.75 0.081 1.95 0.194 0.20 267 1,382 1.00 0.144 2.60 0.295 0.25 2.81 1.491 1.25 0.226 3.25 0.414 0.30 2.94 1.601 1.50 0.325 3.90 0.551 0.36 3.06 171 1.75 0.442 4.55 0.706 0.40 3.16 1.821 2.00 0.578 5.20 0.879 2.25 0.731 5.85 1.070 2.50 0.903 6.50 1.279 2.75 1,092 7.15 1.506 3.00 1.300 7.80 1.752 3.25 1.526 8.45 2.015 W= g'm = 32.2 ftls*2 * (m kg * 6.825E-2 slugikg) ‘Theory 1. Including only the slanted-end pressure force: W + Weox = 7*Vol Vol = b*h*h Theory 2. Including the sianted-end pressure force and the finite-thickness wall pressure force’ W + Wrox = 1°VOl + Payg"A Pavg = 0.5% 4h A= (b+ 2*H(L + 2*Usind) - b*L = 8.33 in.*2 = 0.0579 f'2 (cont ) 2-1272.124 ion W+Wioe 2.547 0.5 + Problem 2.124 Total Weight, W + Wyo, vs Water Depth, h | @ Experimental| | | Theory 4 (slanted ends only) si cassmntithamecntni - Theory 2 (slanted ends and bottom || edge) sacramento 2-1282/25; 2.125 Air Pad Lift Force Objective: As shown in Fig. P2.125, itis possible to lift objects by use of an air pad con- sisting of an inverted box that is pressurized by an air supply. If the pressure within the box is large enough, the box will lift slightly off the surface, air will flow under its edges, and there will be very litte frictional force between the box and the surface. The purpose of this experiment is to determine the lifting force, W, as a function of pressure, p, within the box. Equipment: Inverted rectangular box; air supply; weights; manometer, Experimental Procedure: Connect the air source and the manometer to the inverted square box. Determine the weight, W,q, of the square box and measure its length and width, L, and the wall thickness, t. Set the inverted box on a smooth surface and place a known ‘mass, m, on it. Inctease the air flowrate until the box lifts off the surface slightly and “floats” with negligible frictional force. Record the manometer reading, h, under these conditions. Repeat the measurements with various masses. Calculations: Determine the theoretical weight that can be lifted by the air pad by equating the total weight, W + Wyo to the net vertical pressure force on the box. Here W = mg. Calculate this pressure force for two different situations, (1) Assume the pressure force is equal to the area of the box, A = L?, times the pressure, p = Yq/t, within the box, where 7p is the specific weight of the manometer fluid. (2) Assume that the net pressure force is that from part (1) plus the pressure force acting under the edges of the box because of the finite thickness, f, of the box walls. This additional pressure force is assumed to be due to an average pressure Of Pay = Yq/2/2 acting on the “foot print” area of the box walls, 4i(L + #). Graph: Plot the experimentally determined total weight, W + Wyo. as ordinates and the pressure within the box, p, as abscissas. Results: On the same graph, plot two theoretical total weight verses pressure curves— one involving only the pressure times box area pressure force, and the other including the pressure times box area and the finite-thickness wall pressure forces. Data: To proceed, print this page for reference when you work the problem and elfck lrere to bring up an EXCEL page with the data for this problem. Ar suply w FIGURE P2.125 (cont) 2-124Za gan Ceent ) Solution for Problem 2.125: Air Pad Lift Force Lin, 75 m, kg 0.0 0.1 02 03 04 os 06 O7 08 09 1.0 11 1.2 13 14 15 16 17 18 We=o'm= Theory 1 tin Wrox: I 0.25 1.25 Experiment hin. W + Won Ib 0.54 1.26 0.64 1.47 0.74 1.69 0.82 1.91 0.94 2.13 1.04 2.35 1.12 2.57 1.23 2.79 1.32 3.01 1.42 3.23 1.52 3.45 1.63 3.67 1.72 3.89 1.83 411 1.96 4.33 2.08 4.55 2.12 4m 223 4.99 232 521 32.2 flis*2 * (m kg * 6.825E-2 slugikg) Involving only the pressure times the box area W + Wooe = p*LA2 P= Yu20"h Yu20, Ibift3 62.4 Theory 1 Pp, Ib/ft*2 W+ Woo, Ib 2.81 3.33 3.85 4.26 4.89 5.41 5.82 6.40 6.86 7.38 7.90 8.48 8.94 9.52 10.19 10.71 11.02 11.60 12.06 1.10 1.30 1.50 1.67 4.91 211 2.28 2.50 268 2.88 3.09 3.31 3.49 3.72 3.98 4.18 431 4.53 47 Theory 2 W+ Wrest 4.17 1.39 1.61 1.78 2.04 2.26 2.43 267 287 3.08 3.30 3.54 3.73 3.97 4.26 447 4.60 4.84 5.04 Theory 2. Involving the pressure times the box area plus the average pressure times the edge area W+ Wrox = p*L*2 + (p/2)*((L + 2t)°2 - L*2) (Cont) as 130)2725 Ceoné) Problem 2.125 Total Weight, W + Wbox, vs Pressure, p on [© Experimental | | x | 8 3 : | |— —Theory 1 (box area | | only) || - | Theory 2 (box area | | 24 | | __ plus edge area) | | a 14 ; | | ° | | | 0 5 10 15 | p, Ibite2 2-1313.2. Air flows steadily along a streamline from point (1) to point (2) with negligible viscous effects. The following conditions are measured: At point (1) z; = 2m and p, = 0 kPa; at point (2) z = 10 m, p; = 20 Nim?, and V; = 0. Determine the velocity at point (1). (2) fh toy tg, =p t40vs wz, . quot Thus with f,=0 and V0, a ¥,=0 . tol +z, = 2, +02, cy 222m 921234 ‘or fe =0 Y-69 tras), *2 2.0L a, aaa yon 2 2 (10m-2n)" or Vi aes # 20081)(4m) = 189 Wale: ol ee fy Thus, V=132.7m&3.3 3.3 Water flows steadily through the variable area horizontal pipe shown in Fig. P3.3. The velocity is given by V = 10(1 + x)i ft/s, where xis in feet. Viscous effects are neglected. (a) De- termine the pressure gradient, ap/ax, (as a function of x) needed to produce this flow. (b) If the pressure at section (1) is 50 psi, determine the {pressure at (2) by: (i) integration of the pressure gradient obtained in (a); (ii) application of the FIGURE P3,3 Bernoulli equation. (a) -%sine-3 = eV but @-0 and V=10(/ 4x) Hs 42. we or He = -eVIE =-0 (s0l14x)) (10) Thus, of = Sey 94H (10 #)° (14x) , with X in feet = = 1941+) Be (ONO B = -19¢ (14x) 50 thal le = 109 SOA A=50PSi 20 2 or A= sopi=i4(oedt) (fhe) = 0-10! Gi) prt BOM aNZ, =p tLe ee or with 2-2, 7.7 6,420(V"- VW) where Vy = 10(140) = soft Y= 10(143) = yo. Thus, P= Sopsi + (1.94 hes) (10% yor) SE ( JE HfE,) = 39.9 psi3.4 Repeat Problem 3.3 if the pipe is vertical with the flow down. (a) -¥sind -38 = eVIE with 0 = -90° and V=10(11W) He =-evik+y or @ =-evel +¥ =-¢e(jo(i4n)) (I) +P This, 28 2-194 Meo#) (149 + 62.4 Ib, with x in feet = -/9¥ (1tX) #62.4 Jb, ia Xa3 (b) (i) g = -/9¥ (4x) +624 so that ¢ = ffrrecien +02. #| de Ar X20 on p= Sopsi - 194 (34+ yA htt) + ex. (arf 2 (He) = 50-/0.14+/3 = 4h2psh Gi) ttey* + tz, = = Pt beurre, op with 2,-0 0, B,=-3 tt and \V=solito) = wf | Y= jo(/+3) x04 Paxfi tte (y>-We)~ 82, = sopsi +h (1.9% SB) (y9*-40*) ~ 62.4 fhe (-3 FL) = Hizpsi228 3.5 An incompressible fluid with density p flows steadily Past the object shown in Video V3.7 and Fig. P3.5. The fluid Dividing velocity along the horizontal dividing streamline streamline (-© SxS ~a) is found to be V = Vo(1 + a/:), where ais the radius of curvature of the front of the object and Vo is the YO, ~ # upstream velocity. (a) Determine th: pressure gradient along “Pe (9) é this streamline. (b) If the upstream pressure is po, integrate the pressure gradient to obtain the pressure p(x) for 2 = x = —a, (©) Show from the result of part (b) that the pressure at the stagnation point (x = —a) is py + pV3/2, as expected from the Bernoulli equation. mw FIGURE P3.5 (a) #e- evil where VeV,(L+-4) Thus, qv ve eg. or (b) (¢) From part (b), when X=-a pl = poet latze] = grten tora From the Bernwlli equation 2, + Zeh*= A toy" where a \Y=V] = Vo(I*ea) = xXera Thus, = Putt eM as expected. a-a3.6 What pressure gradient along the streamline, dp/ds, is required to accelerate water in a horizontal pipe at a rate of 30 m/s"? 3 = ~4 sind — eVEE where @=0 and vet =@,= 0% Thus, 96 = - ed, = -999 (0%) = -s0p00H.) /m or IB = - 30.0 kPa/m OG3.7 3.7 A fluid with a specific weight of 100 Ib/ft* and negligible viscous effects flows in the pipe shown in Fig. P3.7. The pressures at points (1) and (2) are 400 Ib/ft? and 900 Ib/ft, respectively. The velocities at points (1) and (2) are equal. Is the fluid accelerating uphill, downhill, or not accelerating? Explain, MB FIGURE P37 Tf the flow is steady (é.e, not accelerating), then () ftzeV siz, =f t20V +82, But V=\. Thus, for steady flow A, +¢2z, = fat tz, where, if we set Z, 20, thenZ,-(l0H)sin30' = St For the given data, Eq, (1) becomes (y-00-#) 00 (58) = 00 1%) ‘oo = goo That is, £p.0) (the steady flow eqvation) is valid, The flow is not accelerating. Note: Tf the flow were accelerating the pressure difference belueen points (1) and (2) wovld be different than the given (900-400) fr = 5004,3.8 3.8 What pressure gradient along the streamline, dp/ds, is required to accelerate water upward in a vertical pipe at a rate of 30 fi/s?? ‘What is the answer if the flow is downward? 2b = -¥sind -evit ig where © qo" for up tlw , 6 90 for down flow, Wg = 30 ft Thus, for up tlow and Vis -4,= 308 42 - —62.4() B — 194 SH48(0 1) = -120.6 and for down tlow Ib to ; SB = 62.4) 1.94 WE (aot) = 420 th) At 00292 4a (b ie , rr) /tt = asse est sa3.9 Consider a compressible fluid for which —_to obtain the “Bernoulli equation” for this com- the pressure and density are related by p/p" = pressible flow as [n/(n — L]pip + V22 + Cy, where n and C, are constants. Integrate the gz = constant. equation of motion along the streamline, Eq. 3.6, (4 + ¥ + gz constant along a streamline ene # oe 5 so that 0 (B= ACB och ghee = cht vena Thus, L $4 =a o (gy air 4 Hence! a 4 4$V*4g2 = constant along a streamline3.40 Anincompressible fluid flows steadily past sure at the stagnation point (x = —a) is py + a circular cylinder as shown in Fig. P30. The fluid pV 3/2, as expected from the Bernoulli equation velocity along the dividing streamline (—% = x = ~a) is found to be V = Vy (1 ~ a’/x*), Semen where a is the radius of the cylinder and V, is the streamline Vi upstream velocity. (a) Determine the pressure Yo. gradient along this streamline. (b) Ifthe upstream pressure is po, integrate the pressure gradient to obtain the pressure p(t) for -2 0; but it “Feels” the same pressure field, which is not sufficient to make it torn as sharply as the ain does. Hence, “yy > 7 and the by hits the windshield- 3-163.19 3.19 Ata given point ona horizontal streamline in flowing air, the w @) static pressure is ~2.0 psi (i, a vacuum) and the velocity is 150 fU. Y Determine the pressure at a stagnation point on that streamline. Wye = f +20 +82, = pat tee HZ, where 2, =Z2 and V.20 Thus, ‘ os 2 il 5 fa=pitzey = (-2.0 53 )(44 FE) +2(0.00238 sigs, (softy? Kn -296 2 slug. ib 208 gat 26.8 fed (sot) at el 4 -261 8 = 3-173.21 relative to the airplane. What suction pressure is 3.21 When an airplane is flying 200 mph at = 5000-ft altitude in a standa-d atmosphere, the air developed on the wing at that point? What is the velocity at a certain point cn the wing is 273 mph Pressure at the leading edge (a stagnation point) of the wing? 63) Vg=273mph (a) prtZeeV +z =constant a V,=200mph =o ~3 sh P P= 2.048K0" SB Thus, with 222, =2, Bitte = py tt ere? , bot p,=0 so that of A= tele] where Y= 2c0mph( 8% ) = 293 tt and eet Ht = 272 mph s = 400 LF or L 2 sl 2 e 2 n ( soap) . Pah (205006 ae) 293" — 400 Je =- 76.0 14, (gage) #? Abs, pz Feu = A (2.08110* $8) (293t)* = 89.0 # (gage)3.22 3.22 Some animals have learned to take ad- vantage of the Bernoulli effect without having read a fluid mechanics book. For example, a typical prairie dog burrow contains two entrances— a flat front door, and a mounded back door as shown in Fig. P3.22.When the wind blows with velocity V, across the front door, the average velocity across the back door is greater than V, because of the mound. Assume the air velocity across the back door is 1.07V. For a wind velocity FIGURE P3.22 of 6 m/s, what pressure differences, py — ps, is generated to provide a fresh air flow within the burrow? Ath eu + 82, = pkey soe, Thus, with negligible gravitational effects (cs. 2/222) Pio fe = BOY?) = £ (124 85) ((1.07 (6 BF - (6 2)*) or v. P,-f2 = 3-21 mt Bri?3.23 3.23 A loon is a diving bird equally at home “flying” in the air or water. What swimming velocity under water will produce a dynamic pressure equal to that when it flies in the air at 40 mph? ze 2 Gq 6 . P sree =| ZBinin = ZA o nn or ho | @, ] Vein 0 Thus, te | saette eomty = cov 3-203.24 A person thrusts his hand into the water while traveling 3 m/s in a motor boat. What is the maximum pressure on his hand? 2 = fe aes +2, with z,=22 o Yy=32 029,20 eM? or p= (99944) (32)3.25 3.25 A Pitot-static tube is used to measure the velocity of helium in a pipe. The temperature and pressure are 40 °F and 25 psia. A water manometer connected to the Pitot-static tube indicates a reading of 2.3 in. Determine the helium velocity. Is it reasonzble to consider the flow as incompressible? Explain. Fr Are +2, = GrBin We with 2,22, Y= Vand ke Thos, g BP b alee where fe 28) go xo tS CRF © aan BE) (4604 72)R and since b,,> ne PPy= Sigh = 824 fs 5 (42 3) = 11.96 Ha Thi Ws 16 y= shea = 203 ft i B0xI0 *S ee Sa0xi0 Sigs Note* Met where c=YkRT Thus, o=e £6 (1242x108) ee, a (#60440) “) =320f im oF 20s ft M= Foe = 9-063 <<0.8 Thus, the flow can be 2 considered incompressible 3-223.26 — An inviscid fluid flows steadily along the stagnation streamline shown in Fig. P3.26and Video V37 starting with speed Vo far upstream of the object. Upon leaving the stagnation point, point (1), the fluid speed along the surface of the object is assumed to be given by V = 2 Vy sin 8, where 6 is the angle indicated. At what angular position, @, should ahhole beg ty drilled to givea pressure difference of p, ~ pz = pV$/2? Grav fay ity is negligible. B FIGURE P3.26 fot t0'= Attell =p teu where V,=0 This, A ae Ar fax tee -W) = 20M so that if fi f= tp then Ve-Ve That isi V=2h sin@ =Vo or sin, =F Hence, 0,= 30° 3-233.27 ks 3.27 A water-filled manometer is connected to a Pitot-static tube to measure a nominal airspeed of 50 fUs. It is assumed that ‘change in the manometer reading of 0.002 in. can be detected ‘What is the minimum deviation from the 50 fUs airspeed that can be detected by this system? Repeat the problem if the nominal airspeed is 5 fs aS Baez = Be Be where p,=0, Va-0 2522, ond p,=b,h Thus, logs yy 2 HE) Git wie See = 0M _ (e.00238 SF NV 3 io a= Tigh or h= fe 2 (i249 dey Hence, h=2.29K0* VY," where Y~ tts and h~in. , For V, = 50x this gives he= 2.29x10*(50)'= 0.573 in. while for V,= 546 if gives h =2.29x10*(5)* = 0.00573 in, With h+# 0.00219. from these nominal valves we obtain h, in. \,, fis 0,571 499 0.573 50.0 0.575 $0.1 0.00373 4.04 0.00573 $.00 0.00773 5.8 Thus, with V=504%6 the minimum air speed deviation that can be detected is £0.1 414 ; for Y=StA if is tO.81 H/s. Ba2+Sree 3.28 (See Fluids in the News article titled “Incorrect raindrop 30 shape,” Section 3.2.) The speed, V, at which a raindrop falls is a function of its diameter, D, as shown in Fig, P3.28, For what sized 25 raindrop will the stagnation pressure be equal to half the internal, Pressure caused by surface tension. Recall from Section 1.9 that the pressure inside a drop is Ap = 4c/D greater than the surrounding £ Pressure, where ois the surface tension, ane a Din BFIGURE P3.29 Determine diameter D for which te V*=3[40/D], on 4 (0.0023 0Sis) Vz t [4 s.0axie*#) /D] "De 8.45/v* where D~ft and V~ ts *D = lol/V? , where D~ in. and V~ fi a Thus, there are Zunkmowns, Dand V, and 2 equations, Eg.) and Fig. P?2.28, The solition is given by the intersection of these two D-Varaphs 4s shown below, 25 20 + V, fis 15 eS fe 7 0 0.05 04 0.15 02 D. in, This, =D = O/4in, = 2.6mm 3-253.29 3.29 (See Fluids in the News article titled “Pressurized eyes,” Section 3,5.) Determine the air velocity needed to produce a stagnation pressure equal to 10 mm of mercury. ZOV™= Potag = 10mm of mercury = dy, h , where by = 133K 07% Thos, y 2 (1.23 3) V* = jomm (yeeonm) (133x107 2 or V= 46,5 mfg 3.30 3.30. (See Fluids in the News article titled “Bugged and plugged Pitot tubes,” Section 3.5.) A airplane's Pitot tube used to indicated airspeed is partially plugged by an insect nest so that it measures 60% of the stagnation pressure rather than the actual stagnation pressure. If the airspeed indicator indicates that the plane is flying 150 mph, what is the actual airspeed? When unplugged the air speed indicator would register a prescupe difference of Ap=zeV"= ze (/50mh)” at /£0 mph. However, when plugged and the reading indicates ISemph, the ac}val speed world be ape xe iso mph}= 0.40 ze v7] or V= 194 mph 3-263.32 Water flows through a hole in the bottom of a large, open tank with a speed of 8 m/s, Determine the depth of water in the tank. Vis- cous effects are negligible. fit zl ez, = ft tlk +z Ths, with fi=/? #2 82, =20Vg , where 0209 and 2,=h so that ae or A -_ tesy heag = —+~_ =3.26m 29 ~ 20081) 3-273.33 3.33 — Water flows from the faucet on the first floor of the animes! building shown in Fig. P3,43 with a maximum velocity of 20 ft/s. For steady inviscid flow, determine the maximum water velocity from the basement faucet and from the faucet on the second floor (assume each floor is 12 ft tall) @ ay EY —- a, v= 201 4] | m™ FIGURE P3.33 & + x oa Z =constant 79 Thos, Ar bsa, = Ge +2, wih p,=f, <0 Ciree jel) i @oft)* ; and Vix DOH , Ze 4ff ft Vy = ere + (-e tt 2, =~ oft a f22 ttt FEES (-e tt) 2 or y= see ant ter Waa Br a2, with Pep, =o (ree jet) and V=20f , 2,=4%14 aoe ug 2, - te th, se tbal Ve = Yoga) = ag h Thus, % 0 Ve or Fig.(@) i's correct distributicn3.37 3-37 Water flows from a garden hose nozzle with a velocity of 15 m/s. What is the maximum height that it can reach above the nozzle? 2 Beta ee +Z, but g=0 Ax 0 V0 Vi=/5 mds3.38 3.38 Water flows from a pressurized tank, through a 6-in.-diameter Pipe, exits from a 2-in.-diameter nozzle, and rises 20 ft above the nozzle as shown in Fig. P3.38. Determine the pressure in the tank if the flow is steady, frictionless, and incompressible. 2 2 eee +z, = Breet, Q Air CY a | H FIGURE P3.38 where V,=9, 20, 2,=2#, 2, =22Ft and fh <0 This, _ - #22,-7, or 02 8 (B22) 2624 #,)(224t-2H#) 2 24g B Note: The diameter of the pipe or nozzle ane noi needed. 3-343.39 3.34 Aninviscid, incompressible liquid flows steadily from the large pressurized tank shown in Fig. P.3.39. The velocity at the exit is 40 fs. Determine the specific gravity of the liquid in the tank. Ay sz.agh = = Baz # where fiz loih (ede) = r4H0d. |g =o, Z=IsH, 2-0, 20, and V, = Hott Ths, 1440 0S ny GOH/sy eA anne) or Y= 146.3 # Hence, 6 M/E | Sie 2 B2.4ib/ = 2:34 * 2) Hoots @ FIGURE P3.3q 3-353.40 3.440 Water flows from the tank shown in Fig. P3.#0.If viscous 3 effects are negligible determine the value of h in terms of H and H the specific gravity, SG, of the manometer fluid. a el S z la FIGURE P3.#0 athe 30 fis My, -AM iz where p,=0,V,=Vax0 oF ees and Z,-z2 =H Thus, =H a But, p= fat ll = py =p t8(Htl-h) +S60h or fn® Y(H-h+S6h) (2) Combine Eqns. (1) and (2) to give? H =(H+(S6-I)h) or (S6-1)h =0 Thos, if S641, then h=0 for any S6 3-363.41 3.41 (See Fluids in the News article titled “Armed with a water Jet for hunting,” Section 3.4.) Determine the pressure needed in the gills of an archerfish if it car shoot a jet of water 1 m vertically (2) upward. Assume steady, inviscid flow. f Im [ movth From the Bernoulli equation, ag ie 1 gills i hy 4 Fer Mz, = Biftz, ay Assume Vi%9 (large gills), 52% Im (small fish), f2.=0 (tree jet ) and V,=0 (top of vertical water jet). Thus, fee ee or gala) = 240x10°$, (Im) = 9.00x/0 de = 28 3-37343 3.43. Air flows steadily through a horizontal 4-in.-diameter pipe and exits into the atmosphere through a 3-in.-diameter nozzle. The velocity at the nozzle exit is 150 fs. Determine the pressure in the pipe if viscous effects are negligible. Vy =/S0ttG From Bernovilis equation, ez os 0.00239 Shs Atte +z, bp, =h are negligible and quasi-steady conditions are assumed, determine a 2in. |ho.isin, the time at which the pop stops draining from the top hole. he Sal T Assume the pop surface is 2 in, above the top hole when ¢ = 0. hy ein. | Compare your results with the time you measure from the video. zim | (2 Ns | (3)* b—+»—4 Sosy a 1. dh B FIGURE P3.46 Q= 9, + +Q, = - Oud: where Qe = Vly = (ah Az and h,-A, =A, = B(2EH (64,22) a ale ae A= E(#4)°= 0.0873 ff? Thus, T 2 "= Vg A[Th +¥h +0h, | = “A, He where hy=h,h,=h+L, hy=h#2b Hence, and L=2in, oa PBA, = dh i, Lis te 4j Pi (54 Aaa if CW iar ama) he i he hie a : - . the yppor hole fe dh a (Yh +h +Yhe2L) 0.0873 ft : dh “ir 227416 TH" )i(2) (32.2 H/s* a7 Ve +VarL +Vhear) (7) This 0 dah 2 = 88. rae Ra ~2tHeg £ 8.7 Ch 4yE pa) where L=7z fl = 0.1867 ft Note: With Linteet, this equation gives t in seconde. (con't) B=4y3.46 | (con't) The numerical yalve of the integral is obtained by using the trapezoidal rule since the closed form analytical solution is not given in integral tables. The EXCEL spread shee! vsed for this is given below, 42 88.7 ( fth)dh_ where {(h)= a ey = s0.7/28(f, aa Mhey he) | =(8.7 jadlo2o¥ |= 10.78 hin, hy ft fr), UDI fs) *Cay =H) 0.0 0.0000 1.015, 0.00804 1 01 0.0083 0.914 0.00743 2 02 0.0167 0.870 0.00714 3 03 0.0250 0.837 0.00686 4 04 0.0333 0.810 0.00665 5 05 0.0417, 0.786 0.00646 6 06 0.0500 0.764 0.00629 7 07 0.0583 0.745 0.00614 8 08 0.0667 0.728 0.00600 9 09 0.0750 0.712 0.00587 10 1.0 0.0833 0.697 0.00575 1 11 0.0917 0.684 0.00564 12 12 0.1000 0.671 0.00554 13 13 0.1083 0.659 0.00544 14 14 0.1167 0.647 0.00535 15, 15 0.1250 0.637 0.00526 16 16 0.1333 0.627 0.00518 17 ‘ 0.1417 0.617 0.00510 18 18 0.1500 0.608 0.00503 19 19 0.1583 0.599 0.00496 20 2.0 0.1667 0.591 21 ‘Sum of column = integral = 0.12011 Thus, t= 88.7°0.12011 = 10.7 s Sa)347 oy) 3.47 Water (assumed inviscid and incompressible) flows steadily in the vertical variable-area pipe shown in Fig. P3.47. Determine the flowrate if the pressure in each of the gages reads 50 kPa., From the Bernoulli equation, Ait ze +02, = +20 +02, where Pcp <50KPa MFIGURE P3.47 Thus, $e (2 -Wi?) = ¥ (2-42) i ie: “Ack, or Me (Sqr Me = (Fy Cay th ae i (becomes delut-nk ut] = ap (2,~#.) or SE Vy = 2g(Z,- 22) = 2(4.81-E)(/om) or VY=/4sF2 Thus, Q = Avy = Flim) (452) 2 1.43.48 3.48 Airis drawn into a wind tunnel used for testing auto- mobiles as shown in Fig. P3,¥6, (a) Determine the manometer reading, h, when the velocity in the test section is 60 mph, Note that there is a 1-in. column of oil on the water in the manometer. (b) Determine the difference between the stagnation pres- ‘sure on the front of the automobile and the pressure in the test section, ay W FIGURE P348 (a) Fitz; +e -H6# faz, where 2-2, , f,<0, 4nd V=0 ie with Ve = 60 moh = sett fae ba = (0.00238 S48) (¢9 By” =~ 9.22 fe But pt hgh bile) =0 where Oy = 29 bigg 0.9(62.4#,) Thus = 56,2 8, v ~92298 +62, (ht) ~ 56.2.3 att) = a, or f=0.223 ff Ve yr (b) Binig = 4 +2 ge where 22%; and V,=0 This, . a8 = B or Pe faz EME = d (0.00030 SME (ee BY = 9 22-43.49 349 Small-diameter, high-pressure liquid jets can be used to cut various materials as shown in Fig. P3.4 If viscous effects are negligible, estimate the pressure needed to produce a 0.10-mm-diameter water jet with a speed of 700 m/s. Deter- mine the flowrate. O D, = 16m @ Vo = FIGURE P3.49 ye (As Hed +Z,= FF rt ap where V~0, 2,22, and p,-0 +z, Zee = 4(9978 (700%) = 2.45105 AE eg? Q=4A = 7008) (10m) ] =$.50x/0 ee:3.50 3.50 Water (assumed inviscid and incompressible) flows steadily with a speed of 10 ft/s from the large tank shown in Fig. P3.50. Determine the depth, H, of the layer of light liquid (specific weight = 50 Ib/ft) that covers the water in the tank. From the Bernoulli equation, 50 tbat HB FIGURE P3.50 Stag pols +Z,= +e +2, ae Pa GH, =O, pe, 2-44, and Zz, 75H Thus, Sy +2, Bex, so that with y= lone, so b/ fl? (lo Hi/s* Setapi )H+ 4H = sree Hay tH There fore, H= 30a ft lofts3.5) 3.51 Water flows through the pipe contraction shown in Fig. P3.51. For the given 0.2-m difference in manometer level, determine the flowrate as a function of the diameter of the small pipe, D. FIGURE P3.5! a 2 1. Ve Le is . _ a Abt 2g +2, =i +2, or with 2,222 and =o 4 =4 Ler fs) aa =0h and py= th, so that py-f2 = Clh-he)= 0.28 Thos, Vy =] 29 22% =/2gco.r or o Q=ALY, = £0, = Lo ~2eganio2y = 1.56 L* & when D~m 3-473.52 3.52 Water flows through the pipe contraction shown in Fig. P3.52. For the given 0.2-m difference in the manometer level, determine the flowrate as a function of the diameter of the small pipe, D. FIGURE P3.52 Heat ee, of ag, 2g with Ay =AaVa #24) ) _ ory Thos, a 2-2, i; or (Epa, Ve (24) Vv fi-pe _ Ve-v2 _ LG) - y* Tem reg 2g bot A= th and fre th, so that p,~p, = Ch hy) =02¥ Thos, oat IM, y= 5/92 Ga) oe ee and = ee 2 | 0.2(2 (9.81) OHA, = F (as) Ta] or 2 Q= ese _ when D~m Ss 3-483,53 3.53 Water flows through the pipe contraction shown in Fig. P3.53,For the given 0.2-m difference in the manometer level, determine the flowrate as a function-of the diameter of the small pipe, D. MFIGURE P3.53 ieee “Bie +h me 2,-2, and V2=0. This, Hilts But Alex and Pe=0.2m4x 50 that x + 2 0.2m tx or y Vi=Vagtoam) = (2(98%)(o2m))*= 1.982 Thus, Q= AM, = Blom (198-2) = 0.0156 2 for any D 3-49B55# 3.54% —A0.15-m-diameter pipe discharges into a 0.10-m-diameter pipe. Determine the velocity head in each pipe if they are carrying 0.12 m*/s of kerosene, Ven 12 Be Ay Z (015m) ee ey and ae a. one Wea = ES = is278 2° A, 2 (e.10n)* s Thos, 2 my MP. L608 _aasm 2g 20914) — =——— and Vi, s.7 BY | 29 219.814) 3-503.55 3.55 Carbon tetrachloride flows in a pipe of variable diameter with negligible viscous effects. At point A in the pipe the pressure and velocity are 20 psi and 30 ft/s, respectively. At location B the pressure and velocity are 23 psi and 14 ft/s. Which point is at the higher elevation and by how much? ‘ A Be Whos ay Fay tte with E9795 te or 22 Ib ee 2 gaye 5. Pache , WE-Ve _ (20-23)in (v4 fi), (307-4 het 2g Zg= Re tag 99.5 8, 2 (32.2) . Zantn= 50H Bis abate 43.56 The circularstream of water from a faucet is observed to taper from a diameter of 20 mm to 10 mm in a distance of 50 cm. Determine the flowrate. 2 2 Ai +2, = Gre +h where ~,=f,+0, 2,=0, 2, =0.50m and Wray Wee Thus, L (£)+ 2g2, =(4)'or Q [tts or since & =(2/y we obtain oy) er 2 = 2.54 xo 29% | Aa Yagz, ge |” _ Aa figs Rm!” Tame —/ az: \e I~ (yiaR0 Zz a 2 1-(D,/0 From] eer] 214, ao | D,=0.020m Osom = (2) D,=0.0/0m Q thaoer 3.57 Water is siphoned from the tank shown in Fig. P3.57 The ‘water barometer indicates a reading of 30.2 ft. Determine the ‘maximum value of A allowed without cavitation occurring. Note that the pressure of the vapor in the closed end of the barometer equals the vapor pressure. S-in, diameter B FIGURE P3.57 ait Hpez, «fee ae ae, where fy=0,V =9, ~2=Pyaper Thus, Zneds Beet = Paper, Me Ore “ + a 6ff but ptso2H Y=" or since o* vapor , Prsper = -30.2 ff Hence, 2 0 = ~s02 +e Waste op # = 2424 on Vy =p Goat aprsl] Thos, A = 39.5 Ht 2 2 Since VAs = YA, K=Fhe h (395 #) or V=“42 However, 2 2 Site, = B+ Bsa, or % = J29h Thos, 42 = i222 ht or f= su2 Ht43.58 3.58 As shown in Fig. P3.58, water from a large reservoir flows without viscous effects through a siphon of diameter D and into a tank. Itexits from a hole in the bottom of the tank as a stream of diameter d. The surface of the reservoir remains H above the bottom of the tank. For steady-state conditions, the water depth in the tank, +h, is constant. Plot a graph of the depth ratio A/H as a function of the diameter ratio d/D. (0) C) @ BFIGURE P3568 From the Bernoulli equation, Gea, < Ge 4%, where f= \=0, 2-H, and at the “tres jet’end of the siphon, f 7 Oh). Thus, Eq, becomes He (h-m)tde ta = het or Va. =yf2g(H-h) Also, ye (sh eZ, =f, «#,2 Zyzh Bi zy Gibran, where y= Vp “fa £20 and Zp Vy = V2gh Allsa, for constant liquid levels mthe tanks, Q, =@s or AM oAs V3 so that BOY, Ba, From Eqs. (0), (23, and (3): . Bag -V*) where 0 = Fr (2077 2 \(273420) K rn p= 0.329 4, Also, ie m = 04, I; = 0-308 pi paae 1 PAL (0,329 )Z(0.3m* and AN, = Ase on : ; Me (G) = (Gita) (298) = 0.62 Thus, from Ep. 1): ~p, =2(0.329 4) (19.67-12.97) = 29.5 Pa Pr bz = (0 ie) = 3-623.66 Water is pumped from a lake through an 8-in. pipe at a rate of 10 ft'/s. If viscous effects are negligible, what is the pressure in the suction pipe the pipe between the lake and the pump) atan elevation 6 ft above the lake? Ar ae Pez Ae +22 ae A-?, hae 2/20, 2,76.0 fF and a y-£ - 40... BH ite) ae aE ae CE) Thus, 28.6 " -02, -£ ply = - 624 8, (6.04) ~ £ (198 Fi) (28,6 )* -1168 f, he BH pss 3-633.67 b = width = 0,06 m 3.67 Air flows through a Venturi channel of rectangular cross @ Free jet section as shown in Video V310 and Fig. P3.67. The constant : width of the channel is 0.06 m and the height atthe exit is (0.04m, «(2 +) Compressibility and viscous effects are negligible. (a) Deter- mine the flowrate when water drawn up 0.0m in asmall tube —[—J— fl attached to the static pressure tap at the throat where the chan- 9,94 ;430.10 m |] nel height is 0.02 m. (b) Determine the channel height, h, at iy section (2) where, for the same flowrate as in part (a), the water is drawn up 0.05 m. (c) Determine the pressure needed at section (1) to produce this flow. +2) thy wir Se oy) 0.05 m= fy OA Water m FIGURE P3.67 (a) For steady, inviscid, incompressible flow: (¥= 12.0 ig m fe tag = Ae where fy=0, fa=~U, sf, = 28exi0", (0,1) Also, Fi = -960L, “AM, = Aaa so that Ve al ‘ Thus, E@n. (1) becomes Ne 2 = 9808, AVE Vp 7 72.02, * 209818) “ae Wy= 23.2 Hence, Q= A, Vg = (0.04mx0.06m) (23.1%) = 0.0554 2 fe v3 (2) (b) a + = & tag where py =O, Prabal = 280x164 (o.05m) =~ 490 From part (a), \j= 23.12 ” Thus, Eqn. (2) becomes - 490 Aue vy = 23. 2 12. 20% 248%) 204.8%) But “Gh © Vy Ag so that (36.52) (0.06m)h, = (23.2) (0.06m)(0.0%m) or hy, = 0.0253 (3) (©) Alse, i of = 4 e where fi,=0 and A,V, = hy Vg But since A, =(0.0¥mx0.06m) = Ay then Vee Ve and Egn. (3) gives = fra or = 36.5% 3-43,68 3.68 Water flows steadily from the large open tank shown in Fig. P3.68. If viscous effects are negligible, determine (a) the flowrate, Q, and (b) the manometer reading, h. (3) Mercury 010m 08 BFIGURE P3.69 ca) From the Bernoulli egvation, ptteW +t% = p, they? +2. where Pit f2z0, M20, 2, <4, and 22-0 Thus, vz, =tel,’, or pg Z, = tee so that Ve = /29 4, or Va =Y2(9.8I1m/*)(¥m) = 8.86 m/s Hence, Q= A, Vi = E (010m) (8.85 m/s) = 0.0696 mie (1) From the Bernoulli equation, fs ae =f thee +l2,, where 22-2: and p,=0 so a fa = £e(Ve'- Ve) : 2 Also, AsV, = Aa Vs sothat 4% Vee %) Ve (9) 8. 86 m/s= 13, 24m/s Hence, Ps = (444 bg Jw) [(8.86m 45) -(13.84m/2)*] = ~ 6,500 V/n* a Also, from the manometer, fs = 4h +h, (2m+(0.08/2)m) = (133x10° W/m) h +(9,80x10 Vimy?) (2.04m) = 123x10°h + 499x/0" Mn*, where h~m @ Thus, from Eqs, (and (2): = 5.65xj0% Vim? = -133Xs0%h #1,99X10" W/m? ir i = 0.574m cy3:69 3.69 Water from a faucet fills a 16-oz glass (volume = 28.9 in.’) in 20 s. If the diameter of the jet leaving the faucet is 0.60 in., what is the diameter of the jet when it strikes the water sur~ face in the glass which is positioned 14 in. below the faucet? 4@ a D,= 0.600. 4+ +2, -Grbex with pane 4) 2, = bin. , 2220 Thos, = V.=|24( 4 ap) where Wea a é = ga.sint}l aa PGE) (20 = 0.426 # AV= AV. so that OVu=ah °D, (4 Ly = (pay (0.80in) =3.70 3.70 Air flows steadily through a converging-diverging re'ctangular channel of constant width as shown in Fig. P3.70 and Vicleo V3.10.The height of the channel at the exit and the exit velocity are Hy and Vo, respectively. The channel is to be shaped s0 that the distance, d, that water is drawn up into tubes attached to static pressure taps along the channel wall is linear with distance along the channel, That is, d = (dnyy/L) x, where L is the channel length and dma is the maximum water depth (at the minimum channel height; x = L). Determine the height, H(x), as a function of x and the other important para- meters, w FIGURE P3.70 piztttev’- = fytZobtz teh” where 0 = air density where Faz), fox0, P=-Yyod = - Ugo Ase x Thus, i aaa But AV=Aae, or Va B= Hy, co thet ~ Yo Har +40(Hy,) Sale or He Ho 1 (2 Hs daa one y Typical shapes are shown below. VE eet HiHy vs x/L 3-673.7] The device shown in Fig. P3,71 is used to spray an appropriate mixture of water and insecticide. The flowrate from ‘tank A is to be Q, = 0.02 gal/min when the water flowrate through the hose is Q = 1 gal/min. Determine the pressure needed at point (1) and the diameter, D, of the device. For the diameter determined above, plot the ratio of insecticide flowrate to water flowrate as a function of water flowrate, Q, for 0.1 <= Q <1 gal/min. Can this device be used to provide a reasonably constant ratio of insecticide to water regardless of the water flow- 1 Ve rate? Explain. a Vie oi, Le « Ap+ae +Zo -4 +28 pa a7, r0 ret 2,=0, 2-054, and k= Ze with 1 = = 0.03 Bt (5 Br (lai) = a8 216° F 7) 5 i veo Ft, 0.10 in. diameter =96.9H Hence, pax ~F0M- 82, =- £09 $h98) (26.3) (o2.4 fa(0st) = Mow assume f,=f2 and neglect the kinetic energy of the insecticide ps to that of the water af (!). That is, Bik bz, 2 Ait +2; , where Z,*% , Vz, and ek a Thos, i Q= “1 gal (23 gal £)( dat) = 2.23010 P we have 2.23x/0 53 P Ya Z(22y = 40.8 50 that Ee.) gives = 13/0; Val _ (40,88 : it ai * ye22 8 “ZGz2y 9% y= s49s Thus, ED°V,=Q or 53.62) D= Saal at ser ee = 7/9x16" ft = 0.0863 in. With this diameter determine $2 with 01 m= eQ= (2.20x10° SP) (0.306) = 759x107 * sy y 2 ff? 0 2.28107 Ppitation begin? To avoid cavitatio creased or decreased? To avoid 3.75 Water flows from a large tank as shown in Fig. P3.75,At- mospheric pressure is 14.5 psia and the vapor pressure is 1,60 Psia. If viscous effects are neglected, at what height, h, will cav- Dz, be increased or decreased? Explain, * FIGURE P3.75 ia a Be % +z, = Baap +2, where ~ =/4.5psia, f= |-60 psia, a Z-h , z,-0, and =o Thus, 2 h = tf Fe a a However, AN, = fale or Ve=(S2) Mb where ee +2, -4 Betz, with fot» 42, =0 29 4 Thos, 2 Beep, 2g so that na ‘ Me CH) . (2) 7 2g 29 a Combine Egs.(!) and (2) to obtain b = Aix h_ eye c Dy = fi (4.5 - 1.60) 2, 4 (49d) = Zu re Dy | 62.4 | G2)" ss i] From Eq.(3) if is seen that h sncreases in increasing D, and decreasing Dz, Thus, to avoid cavitation (ia. to have h small enogh) D, shold be increased and D, decreased. a = 1.98 #4 @) S3.76 T 3.76 Water flows into the sink shown in Fig. P3.76 and Video 10.4-in. diameter ‘V5.1 at a rate of 2 gal/min. If the drain is closed, the water will _— eventually flow through the overflow drain holes rather than over the edge of the sink. How many 0.4-in.-diameter drain holes are needed to ensure that the water does not overflow the sink? Neglect sonnets viscous effects, be | FIGURE 3.76 4+ Bre as E+, where p,=0 Vy =0, and %=9, p=0 Thos, yeas 140.2 ft Z,< ¥ or Va= Veg2, =[2(s2.2) (1402 110.2 4y)* =2.5¢f Also, Q=nh,=nGtdy, , where n= number of holes required, ads =0.4in, and C= contraction cool. “20.6! (see Fig.3.1#) — with i Limin y /2abin.’) / [#8 ~2 ff a 2 (tae 60S )(23u0H Taal Mate) = EHX se , 4Q 4 (446x107 Ys) 18 Rede ~ ODE (2.548) ~ 22? Thos, #holes are needed. 3-73.77. What pressure, p,, is reeded to produce a flowrate of 0.09 f°/s from the tank shown in Fig, 3.77? FIGURE P377 -B4 + Pox, Where fn = 44h, fy =0 By = 86H, Be and =O 2 += = 48 2 400r#) _ si 7lo.osHy ~ 28% ~Z,)- wh = Cu cow alts ~3.sf] 2(32.2 ft) — ¥2. st, (2.04)3.78 3.78. Water is siphoned from the tank shown in Fig. P3.78.De- termine the flowrate from the tank and the pressures at points (1), (2), and (3) if viscous effects are negligible. w MFIGURE P3.78 From the Bernoylli equation, htrel+hZ, = Pt zp, t8Z,, where fo= f= 0, Vo=0, 20 = 5th Thus, and 2% <0 Sa et ely, on Va fate./e =|2g% < baz2kk sh) = 17 9e# Hence, Q = Ay Vy = lon) (1294) = 0,41 SE For fyi przez, = py +x pl” +d'%, which with fy20, 2,02 eH and \,< Vy (since A, 2A) becomes f= - 8%, = - (82.4) (BH) = - 499 For p;' pa +toly's v2; = Pe td oly tb Zy, which with fig 20, 2470, 2,°5H and Ve= Vy (since Ay=hy) becomes Py =~ UE = - (62.41) (5 Ht) = = 312 1b/f* For f+ Since Z= 2: and Vo=Vs if follows that Pr=fls = 23/2 bff? 3-76219 a Q@) 3.79 Water is siphoned from a large tank and discharges into the atmosphere through a 2-in.-diameter tube as shown in Fig. 3.79. The end of the tube is 3 ft below the tank bottom, and viscous effects are negligible. (a) Determine the volume flowrate from the tank. (b) Determine the maximum height, H, over . 2.in, diameter which the water can be siphoned without cavitation occurring. °j" | Atmospheric pressure is 14.7 psia, and the water vapor pressure is 0.26 psia. B FIGURE P3.79 | (a) From the Bernoulli equation, ee) 2 2 a += BtB tn , Where A *f220 and V,=0. Thus, ae z,- Metz, or \ye 2g, Z) S wfi2v2.28) (94434 227.94 Hence, Q= Al, < F(z Yared) = 0607 (b) From the Berpoully equation, . F Opt sz = Ft sz, | where Wel since QeRelh hel and As=A Thus, with Z -#.= Ht Ht +3H =H +/24h P10 (2Z.-22) = fe where po, = /47psia and fl, = 0.2bpsia Hence, yi Ib f (62.428) (yi 4) = (14.70.26) 98 ae or He 23tt3,80 Determine the manometer reading, h, for the flow shown in Fig. P3,80 06 darter: FIGURE P3.80 Where z,=Z2 , Vj =0, and Y= 0 However, f= 0h and pra 8(0.97n) SONG h =9.37m3.8) 3.81 Air flows steadily through the variable area pipe shown in Fig, P3.81. Determine the fiowrate if viscous and compressibility effects are negligible. Fram the Bernoulli equation, BIE Grate ra.b1 Y a +2, = Eis +22, where z,=Z2 and Vi=0 me () Q=AY, Also, from the manometer (td heb oh, ~ At Gain lh th) But Vyo> Yair so that E9.(3) becomes fo = fi tench or = “f+ + Ss p, Hence, oa - bio. tp & Cae)h a) or aes aon 8 Serge cA as CsA am) = 4008 Thus, from Eq. (2), Q=Flarme (40.0%) 2.26.0 lain 3-793.82 3.82 JP-4 fuel (SG = 0.77) flows through the Venturi meter shown in Fig, P3.82 with a velocity of 15 ft/s in the 6-in. pipe. If viscous effects are negligible, determine the elevation, h, of the fuel in the open tube connected to the throat of the Venturi meter. WFIGURE P382 2. oy ve Ppa e -2,M 43, where Z,-0,2,-7f4 F | Bes a = AM = and \h= IS tS 1 V, 4 Vy = (2) = (Say Us #) =32.752# Thus, with a me £4.) becomes fy, (33.75 B)* -6ft+ USE pay 2(32.2H) ~ 2(32.28) © 12 or ra a7 cate But EL=-h so that h= 753 ft 3.83 3.83, Repeat Problem 3.82 if the flowing fluid is pare fluid is water rather than Note fram the solution to Problem 3.82 that the value of dis not needed. Thus, h=2%53 #t_for either water or JP-4 fvel. 3-90 ()3.84 3.84 Oil flows through the system shown in Fig. P3.84with negligible losses. Determine the FIGURE P3.84 flowrate. Ht +2 Bi +2, Where z,=0, 2,=5H and ez y= o ‘ Also, eh Thus, B= a -nt eh where py +0h = py th, thy h 4 () tr toe SL ep with L- a eed Thus, the manometer equation gives At. SH (a. Nh (2) Combine Egs.(!and (2), using Z,= Sit fo obtain oe! “(2 -)h 2(32.24 £)(28 -1)@e#) =99 Ht a Q= AaV, =(20in*x (aU) = 1393.85 3.85 Water, considered an inviscid, incompressible fluid, flows steadily as shown in Fig. P3.85 Determine h. on 4 tts 0.5 ft diameter B FIGURE P3.85 Pt 02, +207 =p, ttz,+d 0h? where Z=0, Z23H, Vy=0 and V, pape 1 5.09 ft Ths, Pt $0.4 2B) 609 BY = p, + 62a B (3) or Af. = 1825: But from the manometer, fr - SUA) + 8(htL) =p, or f-824B (9H) 462.4 Bh = fe Hence, fr = fa 4187 - 62.4h which when combined with 4.0) gives Prt 187-8244 ~ py, 2/62 or h= 0.4004# wy3.86 Determine the flowrate through the submerged orifice shown in Fig. P3,86 if the contraction coefficient is C, = 0.63, He +z, -Bi fen Thos, a <2H+ Me or 2 (32.2 8) yy =/134¢ so that * 1) Tomah 3.in. 2 ft diameter FIGURE P3,86 where p,=0, V,=0,2,=4H, 2,=0,and B-2tt Q=A = GA Ve = (0.63) F F- A) (34 #) = 0.35! me3.87 _Aninexpensive timer is to be made from a funnel as indicated in Fig. P3.87 The funnel is filled to the top with water and the plug is removed at time ¢ = 0 to allow the water to run out. Marks are to be placed on the wall of the funnel indicating the time in 15-s intervals, from 0 to 3 min (at which time the funnel becomes empty). If the funnel outlet has a diameter of d = 0.1 in., draw to scale the funnel with the timing, 1 marks for funnels with angles of 0 = 30, 45, and Plug 60°. Repeat the problem if the diameter is FIGURE P3.87 changed to 0.05 in. Bh ez, Be 42a where 7-0, fp=0, 2 = 2,0, jand Ye- if R>> g Thus, tied Ye {29h which when combined with AV, =A, \, gives Ad -Afe o BEER where R=h tan ips Thos, £4.(0 reese ~h? tan Se = Vegh "pe dh = aes dt wee be integrated from h=hy Es id 54 540. _ dg (+ dh =~ See i or &[h hy He 7 Fant * 2 Thu, ie (2) h= [A SOME) Since x0 when be Bmie See ee yay follows that, =/228 22 (32.2i8) (ig hg*= pied cece on ECE 2) which when combined 8 tan*@ ats with es a gives _| sd? ez. 2£h) ) (180) (i- jt)” 8 tan*6 Teo or h=/5. 2(q4- \ “(I-7ée) where he ft , dvtt andtns For £=0,15,30,...,/80s calculate h from £9. (2) with 6 = 30,45 and 60° and d= 0.1 and 0.05 in, The calculated daty for d=0.05 in, and 0=30de9. are shown in the table below. other dala are graphed. — (con't) 3-843.97_| (con't) For d = 0.0500 in and theta = ts h, ft 0.00 +2.941E-01 15.00 +2.841E-01 30.00 4+2.734E-91 45.00 4+2.621E-02 60.00 +2.501E-01 75.00 +21371E-01 90.00 4+2.229E-01 105.00 +21072E-02 120.00 +1.895E-01 135.00 +1.689E-01 150.00 4+1.436E-01 165.00 +1.089E-01 180.00 +0.000E+00 Os OF h, ft 03 02 or 30.00 deg 3-853.88 3.88 A long water trough of triangular cross section is formed from two planks as is shown in Fig. P3.88 A gap of 0.1 in. remains at the junc- oc WL tion of the two planks. If the water depth initially L_ NGF 1) Tish was 2 ft, how long a time does it take for the EA AS water depth to reduce to I ft.? a “ile a aa FIGURE P388 2 Ee Be Mg ett Ve es Ww O} a zg Ti neu te 2 where £,=0, fa=0, z,=h, and 220 h Also YA, =\yA, or since L>>ur if acg— follows that Vi, << V4 where V =- 4 Thus, Ep.ll) gives =|29h so that “A, = Agl2gh with A= bL=2bb and Aye bu where b is the tank length. Thus, ~26h Ht = by |2gh or h'dh = -w/E dt which can be integrated to give hel he2 ize on 2 [277 % %].4 t= He iF hi -h] =e (24 wae |? ee Ja = 36.553.84 *384 A spherical tank of diameter D has a drain hole of diameter d at its bottom. A vent at the top of the tank maintains atmospheric pres- foler >: sure within the tank. The flow is quasisteady and inviscid and the tank is full of water initially. De- PD termine the water depth as a function of time, be h = h(), and plot graphs of h(0) for tank diameters of 1, 5, 10, and 20 ft if d = 1 in. | h 2) bs Be Bee, ad where #4=0, ~,-0,2,=h, 2,20 and Ye-Bey, ifr>d Thos, =/29h which when combined with A= Azle gives ~Adh = Alb or -0 0S = Bat igh 0 where R72 p24(h-RP “ with Re radine of tank — h-R) ge z This p= y R*-(h-R)* so that £9.) becomes oR (h- ope = Yagh a 4) dp = 4722 yt which can be integrated trom s eae the initial time and depth (t=, h=2R) to an arbitrary time and. h t depth (4A) as (i200) - AE fa 2k oO ” 2 (h* -eny*) - £r(h'@_eonyt) = Fe Use d= rift apd g= 92.24 and plot Axhtd) for values of R= 0.5, 2.5, 5, and /0ft Note: It is easier to solve Eg.(2) as t=tlh) rather than h=h(t) Note: The time taken to empty the tank, t,, is obtained from ee with h=0 as 64 Re EF (cont) 3-87*3.69 | (con't) D=1ft 1 h, ft 0.00 1.000 0.09 0.950 0.35 0.900 0.77 0.850 1.34 0.800 2.05 0.750 2.89 0.700 3.84 0.650 491 0.600 6.06 0.550 7.30 0.500 8.60 0.450 9.94 0.400 11.31 0.350 12.69 0.300 14.06 0.250 15.37 0.20¢ 16.61 0.15¢ 17.72 0.100 18.62 0.050 19.14 0.000 D=5ft ts 0 5 19 43 75 114 161 215 274 339 408 481 556 632 710 786 859 929 990 1041 1070 h, ft 5.000 4.750 4.500 4.250 4.000 3.750 3.500 3.250 3.000 2.750 2.500 2.250 2.000 1.750 1.500 1.250 1.000 0.750 0.500 0.250 0.000 Results of an EXCEL Program to calculate h(t) from Eqn. (2) D=10ft ts h, ft 0 10.00 28 9.50 110 9.00 242 8.50 422 8.00 647 7.50 913 7.00 1216 6.50 1852 6.00 1917 5.50 2308 5.00 2718 4.50 3143 4.00 3877 3.50 4014 3.00 4445 2.50 4862 2.00 5253 1.50 5603 1.00 5889 0.50 6053 0.00 See next page for graphs of above results. D=20ft ts h, ft 0 20 158 19 620 18 1370 17 2390 16 3661 15 5163 14 6876 13 8778 12 10846 "1 13055 10 15376 9 17782 8 20237 iz 22706 6 25144 5 27502 4 29714 3 31695 2 33311 1 34239 0 3-38¥ 3.89 | Ccon't) [ | Water Depth vs Time Water Depth vs Time D=‘ft D=5ft T | | | 06 + — | = Co tee | 04 0.3 +}— — 02 O41 - 0.0 0 5 10 16 20 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 ts ts a 1 = | Water Depth vs Time Water Depth vs Time D=‘0ft D=20ft 10 ~-——— - FE net 9 IN a 18 \— — t—— 8 16 {este i 14 ~ ~ == 6} 1 12 | * # ee ie | 210 4 4 8 a= 3 6 = ae 2+-—-— 4+— - | 1 oo e T ° | J ° 0 2000 ©4000» 6000 0 — 10000 20000 30000 40000 ts ts | 3-843.90 When the drain plug is pulled, water flows from a hole in the bottom of a large, open cylindrical tank. Show that if viscous ef- at t-0 fects are negligibie and if the flow is assumed to be quasisteady, then it takes 3,41 times longer to empty the entire tank than it does to empty the first half of the tank. Explain why this is so. ==—= Hl . a Q-AV=Bdev =A (gf | mi 4 lang (dt) h where -|—D ——-| V=f2gh and Bag 2% OP Thus |ha 2 2 v igh ER or lh 2 eg (4) 4 al trom h= ve t=O fo h att: ie “aay ‘sn = (Ht " ) y= 9.1 Nima iS EVE he Vee Be Mre=Br Beez, where 2-22 9 f= 3-6 hla o 29 29 and fy =(@75+/01)kPalabs) Thus, with AV; = ArVs = 376 kPa(abs) or 2 y = (2) £9.04) becomes = (376 - 3.6 kPa v,=,/ 22 (Pf) - 2(2.812) 9.7 kiym? (By | -(2mey Dy 37mm or V, = 30.62 Thus, QA, = ZO, =F (0.019 m)* (30.6 2) = 8.68 x10 2 3-108On Or 3.10@What diameter orifice hole, d, is needed if under ideal —- Conditions the flowrate through the orifice meter of Fig. P3.108is () { to be 30 gal/min of seawater with p, — pp = 2.37 Ib/in2? The p> 2 contraction coefficient is assumed to be 0.63. ae FIGURE P3.108 a a ee ay os a F +2, a Bez, Where Z,=Z2 , C= 0.63, and p,-f, =2.97psi (22 ae Noo uly 2 ee \pgt.) =o066e and b=64.0e it follows that soft! Vy = = 26S Lo og i bm A” Fane 7 O08 Thus, Eglid ee Tb Katy? +29 (CGP =/(s.06#) ) +2(a2.2 0 | or V,= 16.8 # Thus, since Q= ALY, = G#d* 4 it follows that a 4Q 3% Ex o.0sse # |* a do leeea Ce Va ie -| 7 (6.43188) = 0.0847 F1 = 1. 3-1043.109 3.109 Water flows over a weir plate (see Video V10.13)which has a parabolic opening as shown in Fig. P3,104.That is, the ‘opening in the weir plate has a width CH", where C is a constant. Determine the functional dependence of the flowrate on the head, = O(H), Q= fu dA where u is a tonction of h. 4 = ~ ; =H-z Yeu That is, from +4 +2, 2 trl az, with Ha ae ss 2 20 ("tree el) and 2,-H-h or y* ut (H-2) tag tz) =O tag t (H-A) Thus, ue J2gh+y> a V2gh if Yis “small” Also dh= CVF dz (<0. dheods tor 2-0, dx for 2-0) +0 thet Q= (fg Ih cle d= where h=H-2. B20 H This, Q= clog | Yen-2* dz, where H Z eH (Vet Fde= afle-# paz + (BY sin'[le-4y ray] avnen reduces to: ed = Fe yap H* That is Q~H* Alternatively, Q= VA where the average velocity is proportions| to Vi (i.e. V~ Vag ) and the total flow area is proportional to H™ (2.0, A~ Hs (CHE) = CH), Thus, Q~ Pag (CH) = cag H* That is, Q~H” as obtained above. 3-1103.110 A weir (see Video V10.13) of trapezoidal cross section is used to measure the flowrate in a channel as shown in Fig. 3.110 If the flowrate is Q, when H = ¢/2, what flowrate is expected when H = €? FIGURE P3.110 Q=AV where it is expected that Vis a function of the head, H. That is, V~y2gH Also, from the geometry A=2H(L+4L,) where h=L+24 tan Thus, A= H(£L + Htan30°) so that Q=G Veg (2+ H tan 30°) H'® where C, is a constant Let Q, = flowrate when H=£ and Qy= flowrate when H=h Thus, 3, @® = Gig (4+ S tan30")(£)* Lele i tan3o°) Q% Gvig (2+ D tan 30°) (2)% — (1+ Fan30) (2%) = 789 or Q= 3.4% 3-IllBull 3.111 The flowrate ina water channel is,sometimes determined by use of a device called a Ven- turi flume. As shown in Fig. P3.111, this.device consists simply of a hump on the bottom of the channel. If the water surface dips a distance of 0.07 m for the conditions shown, what is the flowrate per width of the channel? Assume ae 7 the velocity is uniform and viscous effects are 02m negligible. FIGURE P3.111 . o with fp =0, p,=0, 2,=/2m, and 2, = 1.2m -0.07m = /.13m Also, AV=Az Vs. or ey = fem Vv % ng (.2-0.07-0.2)m Thus, from Eq.(i): 294, Bete Bee or [vant] = 2008 B)(12-113)m H or Yah¥382 ence, ge hy =(. 438 2) (1.2m) = 1.73 ese HZ.EA 3.12 Water flows under the inclined sluice gate shown in Yl) Fig. P3.12 Determine the flowrate if the gate is 8 ft wide. | 7 P32 " a fea ae = Gre +22 where f, 20, f279, 2, 6t7, Thus. and 2.2 /ft . mR 2 ay tt = ait 2) Bot AY =A. , or Vex A= Shy oo, Hence, E9.l/) becomes yi ~ bY" ag 16H a +itt a ft [67-1] Vj? = 2(32.24 )(6-1) # 0 Y=30aF Hence, 7 Q=AY, = 6H (eH)(3.03) = xs 3-11333 ] 3.113 Water flows in a vertical pipe of 0.15-m diameter at a rate of 0.2 m'/s and a pressure of 200 kPa at an elevation of 25 m. Determine the velocity head and pressure head at elevations of Z= 85m) * 20 and 55 m. 3 D=0.15m 024 V= 8-978 2 ym ayy A 2 C'S ‘o 0.15, # y =25m 200 kPe At point (0) + - My? Ze 20m Ve. Mua BY ag * 3 (46%) a) On hee +2, fet #2, or Bee Ssz,-2, "fy. 200 4M “Fach +(25-20)m =25.¥m Ss imilarly at ried (2): We Ve. 3g By ee and Va Be Ben - Brea, or Bee Bia -h * ~ Eo kN 2 — 200 ma EB a= E 2a0dl + (25-55)m = -9.59m Salt2.1 ‘3A("t Draw the energy line and the hydraulic grade line for the flow shown in Problem 3,78 FIGURE P3278 For inviscid flow with no pumps or turbines, the energy line ts horizontal ai the elevation of the free surface of the tank. The hydravlic grade line is one velocity head, V’/ag, below the energy line. Since Ve = 29 (20-24) it follows that the hydravlic grade line is Vy'/ag = (2,-%4) = $f below the free surtace al the exit of the pipe. Also, since the pipe is a constant diameter, the velocity is constant theovght the pipe. Hence, the hydravlic grade line is horizontal, ff belay the tree curtace. Note tha} since the pipe is above the hydraulic grade line, the prescore thrayhovl the pipe is less Aydravlic grade line than al nes pheric. ES3.115 Draw the energy line and the hydraulic grade line for the flow of Problem 3.75 i Dy = 4 in lk a 0,y > 0) by drawing arrows representing the fluid velocity at representative locations, U=-(VW/L)x and wr =-(Ve/L)y so that Ve Vata = (VV NYO CYA (4D HE Thus, with r=Vx*4y* = radial dictance trom the origin, V=(Y/0)r ; , Hence, V= V4 onr-h; V=2\, onr=2, V-2y, nr=£4- ele, Also, the direction of the thid motvon relative to the x axis is 8 = arctan (W/u) or y v C aM _ihby _y < tan 8 = = nage = % i. Thus, on the x axis (y=0), tan@=Q or O-0° or |80 (188° for x70) and on the y axis (x20), tan G=tee of @ = 90" or 270°(270' for y>9) The velocity field looks asshown below. In the /avadrand, both x>0and y>0 so that both ya acre re 4<0 and w0, the direction of flow is as shown,46 4.6 The. velocity field of a flow is given by V= (Sz ~ 3) + (x + 4)j + 4yk ft/s, where x, y, and z are in feet. Determine the fluid speed at the origin (x = y = z = 0) and on the xaxis(y = 2 = 0). Ua 52-3 ,preaxt4 yay Thus, at the origin U=-3, W=4, w=O so that Vaya tar*tur® 2 f[-3)*+4* = 5 ft/s Similarly, on the X axis u= -3, ext! pr=0 so that V= furtarriw = {(-3)74(x14) = [x7 + 8x 425 fi6, where X~ ft +3SEE, 47 field flow A flow can be visualized by plotting the velocity i » as velocity vectors at representative locations in the . as shown in Video V4,2and Fig, E41. Consider the velocity field given in polar coordinates by v, = —10/r ig and Up = 10/r. This flow approximates a fluid swirling into 13 a sink as shown in Fig. P4,7 Plot the velocity field at locations given by r = I, 2, and 3 with 8 = 0, 30, 60, and 90 deg. With wr =-l0/r and ag =10/r then "FIGURE P47 Ve dag +15? = yeie/p + (1o/r)? = A The angle & between the radial direction and the velocity vector is given by ~ Me _ 10/r | tan K = cap = ZCIO7F =/ Thus, &= #5° for any r,6 Ge. the velocity vector is alwa ay oriented #5" relative to radial lines) a 260 Note: Vis indepentent of 8 y=7.07 atre2 8=0 Vs/4H atr= 1 Ve47 at r=3 4-H48 4.8 The veloci ield of a flow is given by What is the angle between the velocity vector and V = 20y/(x7 =20x/(x? + y*)9f us, the x axis at points (x, y) = (5, 0). (5, 5), and where x and y are in feet. Determine the fluid (0.5)? speed at points along the x axis; along the y axis. 20 20x we ——20y__ (eye 7 GEE Thus, V=yur+v? or 4 — [400x? +#00y2)2_ cf V= ay) = 20 for any x,y Also, -20x Ze yt) tan @ == ery or OF yy tan6 =~ $ Thus, for (x,y) =(5, 0) tanO=-co op 8=-90° for (%y) =(5,5) tan 0 =~] or O= = 45° for (X,y)=(0,5) tan@= 0 or 6=0"4.4. The components of a velocity field are given by u = x + y, v= ay? + 16, and w = 0. Determine the location of any stag: nation points (V = 0) in the flow field. V=Purt pr tarr =VOrty) txy%+p6)* <0 “es X+y=0 so that x=-y aaa xy +6 =0 so that xy =-b Hence, (-yy’=-/6, or y=2 Therefore, V=0 at 2, y=2 4-64,10 440 The x and y components of velocity for a two-dimensional flow are u = 6y ft/s and v = 3 ft/s, where y is in feet. Determine the equation for the streamlines and sketch representative streamlines in the upper half plane. u=6y ,v=3 where streamlines are obtained from =“rF aye or 2ydy = dx which can be integrated to give y°=x +0, where C is a constant. Representative streamlines corresponding to different valves ot Care shown below. Note that for y>0 , u>o (é.e, the flow is from left to right)4.11 Show thatthe streamlines fora flow whose velocity components are u = ¢(x? — y2) and v = | —2exy, where c is a constant, are given by the equation x?y — y'/3 = constant. At which point (points) is the flow paralle! to the y axis? At which point (points) is the fluid stationary? “=C(x*-y*) | y=-2exy Streamlines given by y=f(x) are such that & =t Consider the function xy - F = const Note: IH is not easy to write this explicitly as y=ttx) However, we can differentiate Ey.) to give 2xydx +x7dy -y"dy =0 | or (x? -y?)dy +2xy dx=0 Thus, the Ines in the x-y plane given by Fy.) have a slope dy _ -2xy ty _ -2cx x = Tea for any constant c., He as 3 a Sie A de. the tunction X*y-X =const. represents the streamlines of the given flow. The flow is parallel t0 the x-axis when $620, or v-0. This occurs when either X=0 op y=0 , ce, the X-axis or the y-anis The flow is paralle| 40 the y-axis when 4 00, or L=0. This occurs when X=+ y The fluid has zero velocity at X= 4-8 a)FZ 4.IZA velocity field is given by V = xi + x(x — 1)(y + 1), where wand v are in ft/s and x and y are in feet, Plot the stream line that passes through x = O and y = 0. Compare this streamline with the streakline through the origin, “=X , v=X(x- y+!) where the streamlines are obtained From & = B= LUD © -N(y.) (Ae = (de which when integrated girs In(y#) =2X°-X +6 , where C is a constant , For the streamline that passes throogh the origin X=y-O the valve of Cis found from Eq.) as In(I)=C , or C=0 Thus, In(ytl) =4xX*-x or y= eft oc This streamline is plotted below. (h) Note: The streamline is symmetrical about its low point of X=/, y=~ 0.393, Af x=y=0 the velocity is O. For x<0, u<0 and for X>0, u>0. Thus, the flvid flows from the origin (x=y=0), Since the flow is steady, streaklines are the same as streamlines, 4-94.13 From times = tor = Shr radioactive ‘The {oll wind conditions are expected: steam is released from a nuclear power plant ac. = V Sj mph for 0 <1 <3 hr, V = Gident located atx = -1 mile and y = 3 miles. isi 8] mph for 3 <¢ < 10 hr, and V = Simph for t > 10 hr. Draw to scale the expected streakline of the steam for ¢ = 3, 10, and 15 hr For 0/0hr , u=Simph and v=0 The streakline is the location (at timet) of steam released earlier. @ At t=3hbp steam is sti] being released. From t=0 tot<2hr it has traveled in the direction =p =- 5 =-05 and the first of the steam satay Se Os 29m Tien S i4+(- =-; =3, Steliural aloe and y= 3mi+(-Smph)(2hr)=-/2mi ai rr Saph mph 6) At t=Shr steam release stops. From t= 3hn to t= 5 hp the steams travels aX= wat =()Smph)(S-Dhr =30mi “east” and ay = vat=(8mph)(S-3)hr = 6 mi “north” See figure below. For t>S5hr the streakline does not Grow” (ce, no more steamreleased ), it merely maintains its shape if had at = She ( y= 39 = 3 = 3-0) and translates, From E= Shr fo t= 10hr if moves ax=Uat= (1S mph)(10-S)hp = 75 mi farther "east" and Dy = vot =@ mph)l10-S)hr = 0 mi farther ‘north, See figure below. ©) Forlo yp steam al t=S5hr pot py, ; -20 ¢43hR 40 60 6 100 «120 HK —160— 190 w2ob (y= (29,-2) ,*4i4 “4il4 Consider a ball thrown with initial speed Vp at an angle of @ as shown in Fig. P4.l#a.As discussed in beginning physics, if friction is negligible the path that the ball takes is given by Y = (tan @)x — [g/(2 Vy? cos? 8)}x? ‘That is, y = cyx + c,x?, where c, anc cz are constants. The path is a parabola. The pathline for a stream of water leaving a small nozzle is shown in Fig. P4Mband Video V4I2.The coordinates for this water stream are given in the following table. (a) Use the given data to determine appropriate values for c; and cin the above equation and, thus, show that these water particles also follow a parabolic pathline. (b) Use your values of c, and €2 to determine the speed of the water, Vo, leaving the nozzle, (a) © BFIGURE P4J4 An EXCEL Program was used to plot the x-y data and to fit a second order curve to the data. The results are shown below, y vs x for Water Stream Thus, with Y=GX +Gx* if follows that C,= O75 =tan@ or 0 = 35.4%" and 6, = - 8.4987 = ~ 2 2M? c0s*O or 2 32,2 i ff Vo" SURRT cotaER) = 2-85 Thus y= 1.69 # \ 4-I]#AS AAS _ The x and y components of a velocity field are given by u = xy and v = —xy*. Determine the equation for the streamlines of this flow and compare with those in Example 4.2. Is the flow in this problem the same as that in Example 4.2? Explain, Streamlines are givenhy de ov _~_ xy? _ y gin gel Baten eo) or % Ba ge which can be integrated as: f% 2 -(# Thos, Iny = -Iny +e, where & is a constanf. This, xy =e Note: These streamlines are the same shape (same “flow pattern’) as in Example 42 — but the velocity fields are different, However, the ratios 4 are the same: 2 t= = ay = -2 for this problem dd 7 (wlth (0y) 4" (Voit) &) =-2 ® for Example 42. 212;4.16 A flow in the x-y plane is given by the following velocity field: « = 3 and v = 6 m/s for 0<1<20s;u = —4and v = 0 mis for 20 < 1< 40s, Dye is released at the origin (x = y = 0) for 1 = 0. (a) Draw the pathline at ¢ = 30 s for two particles that were released from the origin—one released at = 0 and the other released at ¢ = 20s. (b) On the same graph draw the streamlines at times ¢ = 10s and ¢ = 30s. (a) For the particle released af 1-0, w= 32 and y=b62 for Oh. Plot the shape of the streamline that passes through the origin for values of w/v) = 0.5, 1, and 2. In addition to the customary horizontal FIGURE P4.17 =U, , v=V(I-#) for 00, At any time, t, Vz0 for all £ Thus, Vpgy = V| = lot ie du, aul du Also, @ “ax? ee On = TE tue with Se =o Thus, a = HE = 106" so that = %| = oft 4-2#29 4.24 The velocity of the water in the pipe shown in Fig. P4.29is given by V, = 0.50¢ m/s and V, = 1.0¢ m/s, where 1 is in seconds. De- termine the local acceleration at points (1) and (2). Is the average convective acceleration between these two points negative, zero, or positive? Explain ay m yp OS Ze ae uf Vie Vp = ete 1.0¢ mys > og 0k ys @) a FIGURE P4.27 Since Vz>V, if follows that $¢>0, Also, V>0 so that the convective acceleration , V3x , is positive. 4-234,30 M1 Ye 1-3-4 4.30 A shock wave is a very thin layer (thickness = €) ina high- —t speed (supersonic) gas flow across which the flow properties wa (velocity, density, pressure, etc.) change from state (1) to state Shock wave: N (2) as shown in Fig. P4.30. If V, = 1800 fps, V2 = 700 fps, and v €= 10" in,, estimate the averege deceleration of the gas as it “1 flows across the shock wave, How many g’s deceleration does i this represent? | — i i . b.-—_| * a FIGURE P430 G=HF+V-V so with Vue, @=a0 =udtt Withoot knowing the actual velocity distribution, u=ucx), the acceleration can be approximated as =u dk ~ Mth) (V-M) _ (18004700) fps (700 - 1800) fos =U RAS 7 ZI 7 io df or ft d ~ 1,65 x10" ? 32.2 2x /0 14 ae =165x10 This is 3 4-142 Asavalveis opened, water flows through the diffuser shown in Fig, P4.32 at an increasing flowrate so that the velocity along the centerline is given by V = ui = Vi(1 — e-*) (1 — x/C i, eh where up, c, and Care constants. Determine the el acceleration as a function of x and f. If Vy = regu sar ont 10 ft/s and ¢ = 5 ft, what value of c (other than © = 0) is needed to make the acceleration zero for any x at ¢ = 1 s? Explain how the acceleration can be zero if the flowrate is increasing with time. FIGURE P4.32 a= aiei With u=U(X,) , y=0, and w=0 this becomes ’ MH rudtye =Qe , where u=\(1-€° -#) Thus, % =Khll- ee? eye N- HCH) or yll- re # We (ett ] Tf a =O fer any x at t=1 5 we must have [eet bj -eety"]=0 With y=10 andh=5 -c is C= 0.4904 For the above conditions the local acceleration (44 >0) is precisely balanced by the convective deceleration (34 <0), The tlowrate increases with time, but the fluid flows to an area of lower velocity. = Bil-e “£Y=0 The solution (root) of this equation 4-254,33 4.33 A fluid flows along the x axis with a velocity given by V = (x/s)i, where x is in feet and 1 in seconds. (a) Plot the speed for 0 = x = 10 ft and t = 3s. (b) Plot the speed for. x = 7 ft and 2 = 1 = 4s, (c) Determine the local and convective acceleration. (d) Show that the acceleration of any fluid particle in the flow is zero. (e) Explain physically how the velocity of particle in this unsteady flow remains constant throughout its motion. a U=£# soat t-3s,u () For x=7ft,u=~ # i u x au _ Xx © dte-k and us =7( Gd) For any fluid particle @=3¢+V-0V of which with v=0, w=0 becomes t,s a =($¢ +u3h)e =(-4 +45) 2 <0 (e) The particles flow into areas of higher velocity (see Fig-1), but at any given location the velocity is decreasing in time (see Fig-2), For the given velocity field the local and convective accelerations are equal and opposite , giving zero acceleration through vt. 4-26| 4.34 | 4.34 A hydraulic jump is a rather sudden change in depth of a liquid layer as it flows in an open channel as shown in Fig. P4.34 and Video V10.12. In a relatively short distance (thickness = €) the liquid depth changes from z, to z», with a corresponding change in velocity from V, to V,. If V; = 1.20 fi/s, V, = 0.30 ft/s, and € = 0.02 ft, estimate the average deceleration of the liquid as it flows across the hydraulic jump. How many g's deceleration does this represent? FIGURE P4324 = a = +VV so with V=ucwt | aZ=G,¢ cutee With out knowing the actval velocity distribution, u = 4cx) the acceleration can be approximated as ~ 1,20) 4t a = 4 ye = 2 (V+) (ar £(.20 +020 ELIE ~33,ef W 1 lal . 33:9 _ Thus, z *"3a2 BO © a3) 4-27F,a5 4.35 A fluid particle flowing along a stagnation streamline, as shown in Video V4.9 and Fig. P4,35, slows down as it approaches the stagnation point, Measurements of the dye flow in the video indicate that the location of a particle starting on the stagnation streamline a distance s = 0.6 ft upstream of the stagnation point at t = 0 is given approximately by s = 0.6e~°", where ¢ is in seconds and s is in feet. (a) Determine the speed of a fluid FIGURE P4,35 Particle as a function of time, Vousia(t), as it flows along the steamline. (b) Determine the speed 0° the fluid as a function of Position along the streamline, V = V(s). (c) Determine the fluid acceleration along the streamline as a function of position, a, = a), fagnation point, s= 0 Fluid particle 0.54 (a) With s=066°% if follows that -0.5¢ vost Vartcle = 4s = 0,6 (-05) & =-036 Ws (b) From part (a), : Ve ¢0.5)[06€° "| where s=086 Thos, Ve (-os)Ls] , on Y= - 0st SS fils where S~ ft Vv (c) For steady flow, a = V 4¢ Thus, with V=-055 and $= -0.5, Gs = (-0.5 8)(-08) = 0.25 § fifs* where s~f Note? For $0, dy is positive— the particles acceleration is fo the right. Since the particle is moving to the letf, a posrtive a, for this case implies that the particle is decelerating (as if must be for this stagnation point flow). 4-28[4 o. , a 4.36 A nozzle is designed to accelerate the fluid from. V, to V2 in a linear fashion. That is, V = ax + b, where a and b are constants. If the flow is constant with V, = 10 m/s at x, = 0 and V, = 25 m/s at.x, = 1 m, determine the local acceleration, the convective acceleration, and the acceleration of the fluid at points (1) and (2). me . o_ Woe With u=axtb , v=0, and w=0 the acceleration @= 51 +V-VV can be written as a aw @=a,¢ where a=Uusy. a Since u=V,=10-@ at x-0 and u= y=25 2 at x=! we obtain l0= 0+b 25= a+b so that a=/5 and b=10 That is, £=(ISX+10)2 | where x~m , so that from £3.01) a= (15x40) 2 (15 #) = 25x+150) 2 Note: The local acceleration is zero , V=0 | and the convective acceleration is ust? = (225x+150) 2 2 Atx=0,@ ISOtB ; atk=/m, @= 3750437 4.37 Repeat Problem 4.36 with the assumption that the flow is not steady, tut at the time when V, = 10m/s and V,= 25 m/s, it is known that aV,/ar= 20 m/s? and aV,/at = 60 m/s*. With U=U(x,t) , v=0, and w=0 the acceleration @= +f +V-7¥ can be written as G=a,? where qe tu 4 , with w= alt)x +i). a At the given time (t-t) u=V=102 at x=0 and u=\h=252 atX-lm Thus, 19=0 + blte) 25= alt) +h) so that alte) =/5 and bth) =10 Also at tt, , 34 = dh = 20% af x<0 <4 ? and 4% = =60% at X=/m Note: These are local accelerations at time E=to The convective acceleration at X=0 (£9.00) is i ut = (ax +b) (a) = (15 (0) #10) 215 t)=150-% while at X=/ itis uit = (I5C) HO) F (15 ¢) = 375% The fluid acceleration at t=to fs & = (HH +u3¥)2e = (2or1s0)t& = 170 Sat x=0 and a =(60+375)0% = 4950 at xem 4-30$38 4,38. An incompressible fluid flows past a turbine blade as shown i in Fig. P4.38a and Video V4.9. Far upstream and downstream of the blade the velocity is Vo, Measurements show that the velocity of the fluid along streamline A-F near the blade is as indicated in Fig. P4.38b. Sketch the streamwise component of acceleration, a,, as a function of distance, s, along the streamline, Discuss the important characteristics of your result. @ FIGURE P4398 a, = vt where from the figure of V=Vés) the function Ea has the following shape. The fluid decelerafes from A to , accelerates from C to 2, and the decelerates again from D toF. The net acceleration trom AtoF is zero (i.0, Ye K-Ve), 4-3]44,39 4.34 Air flows steadily through a variable x(in) _u(fvs) x(n) __u (fs) area pipe with a velocity of V = u(x)i ft/s, where ia aI 1G Pa Ta the approximate measured values of w(x) are given Fi ne i a i in the table. Plot the acceleration as a function fl ie : aA of x for 0 <= x < 12 in, Plot the acceleration if 5 Be 2 i the flowrate is increased by a factor of N (i.e, : a io a the values of u are increased by a factor of N), for N = 2, 4, 10. £ 28.4 12 10.0 a 6 25.8 B 10.0 Since U“=UQ) , v=0, and w=0 if follows that a-¥ +V-0V simplities to B= a,¢ where q,= ur a The valves u are given in the table ; the corresponding valves of uu can be obtained by an approximate numerical ditferentiation, The results are shown below for the given date (i.e. with Nl). Note that since a= u9% jf follous tpat and increase jn velocily from u to Nu increases the acceleration from a to N by x, in. u, fs du/dx, 1/s _udu/dx 0 10 24 24 1 10.2 18 184 2 13 59.4 772 3 20.1 91.8 1845 4 28.3 49.8 1409 5 28.4 15 426 6 25.8 49.8 -1285 7 20.1 50.4 1013 8 174 -39.6 689 9 13.5 -33 446 10 1.9 19.2 228 " 10.3 11.4 17 R 10 18 18 B 10 0 oO The results are plotted on the next page, (con't) 4-3244,39 duldx, 1/5 20 (con't) 30+ 25 20 u,fls 15, Lo 100 80 + 60 40 \ 0 -20 ~40 -60 | 2500 1 2000 N= 1500 For N#1 multiply ay byw? 1000 _A .fus"2 500 — aes cal -500 -1000 1500*4,40 *4,40 of exhaust in a car's exhaust pipe varies in time and distance because of the periodic nature of the engine's operation and the damping effect with distance from the engine. Assume that the speed is given by V = V1 + ae-™ sin(cor)], where’ Vo = 8 fps, a = 0.05, b = 0.2 ft-', and @ = 50. Asis indicated in Fig. P4.40, the speed V = Voll + ae~® sinwt} rad/s. Calculate and plot the fluid acceleration at FIGURE P4.40 x= 0,1,2,3,4,and 5 ft for 0s 1 2/25 s. Since u=Ulx,t) , v=0, and w=0 it follows that a=W =qs, where ay= Butt ” Thus, with “= V,[l +a & sin (wt)] Eo.0) gives =haw eae” cas (ut) +Y[I+a & * sin(wt)] wach) 6 * sin(wt) = ya ew cos at) -V,b sinlt) (I+ 6% sin (wt))] With W-@H , a=0.05, b=0.2 #, and w= 50 “4 this becomes = 04 €°**T.c0 cos(S0t) — 16 sin(Sod) (140.05 5°?%oin (sot))] H @ where t~s and x~ ft Plot ay from £p.(2) for O = Determine the streamline and normal components of acceleration on the surface of the cylinder as a function of Vo, a, and 6 and plot graphs of a, and a, for 0 = 0 = 90° with Vp = 10m/s and @ = 0.01, 0.10, 1.0, and 10.0 m. FIGURE P4.46 2. Qn= Se (2 se sine) _ ae sin? ie iV. av 26 av. a= VEaVER , Where y= 2VocosO and s=a8 or Thus, a, = (2%, sin@)(2V_ cosO)q = These results with V,=102 and a= 0.01 0.10, 1.0, and 10.0m are plotted below. a=0.01ma 10m 1.0m a=10m a=010ma=0.10ma=10m a=10m ®deg a, fl? a ftls? a, fs? a, f/s? a fls? a, ftls? a, fls? a, ft/s” 0 0 0 0 0.00 0 0 0 0.00 5 3473 347 36 3.47 304 30 3 0.30 10 6840 684 68 6.84 1206 124 12 1.24 15 10000 1000 = 100 10.00 2679 268 27 2.68 20 12856 = 1286 «= 1201286 4879488 47 4.68 25 15321 1632, 183 18.32 7144 714 m4 7.14 30 17321 1782, 173S17.32 10000 1000 100 10.00 36 187941879 188 18.79 13160 1316 1320 13.16 40 19696 © 1970 197 = 19.70 16527 1653 165 16.63, 45 20000 ©2000» 200 20.00 20000 © 2000 «= 200 20.00 580 19696 1970 197_—S 19.70 234732347235 23.47 55 18794 © 1878S 188 18.79 26840 2684268 «(26.84 60 173211732, 173 17.82 30000 ©3000 «= -300.-S 30.00 65 16321 1632, 183 18.32 32858 «3286329 32.86 70 12856 © 1286 «= 1201286 363213582, 3536.32 75 10000 1000 += 100 -~—S 10.00 373213782373, «37.32 80 6840 684 68 6.84 38794 3879 388 38.79 85 3473 347 36 3.47 39696 3970S 397, S-39.70 90 0 0 0 0.00 40000 4000 «= 400S 40.00 (con't) 44d“446 (con't) a, mis? 100000 10000 1000 6, deg ay mis? a, vs 04YT 4.47 Determine the x and y components of acceleration for the flow given in Problem 4.1). If ¢ > 0, is the particle at point x = x» > 0 and y = 0 accelerating or decelerating? Explain Repeat if x» < 0. Since U= 60% -y*) and v= -Bexy it follows that a=a,¢ tag, a a= 3p + way + VS = c(x*y?)(2ex) +(-2cxy)(-2cy) S = 2c7X(x*+y?) and =H +uty x tay = €(x?-y?) (-2ey) +C2exy)(-2cx) a =2c*y(x*+y?) For X=Xq and y=O we obtain‘ u=cx? y VO and Ox= 207 Xe) , ay =O Thus, with C>0 and Xq>0 tt follows that U>9, a >0; é0, the fluid is accelerating. With ©>0 and X,<0 it follows that UPO, &<0; 2.8, the fluid is decelerating. 4-434.48 When flood gates in a channel are opened, water flows along the channel downstream of the gates with an increasing speed given by V = 4(l + 0.12) f/s, for 0 < 1S 20 s, where 1 is in seconds. For 1 > 20 s the speed is a constant V = 12 ft/s. Consider a location in the curved channel where the radius of Curvature of the streamlines is 50 ft. For t = 10s determine (a) the component of acceleration along the streamline, (b) the component of acceleration normal to the streamline, and (e) the net acceleration (magnitude and direction). Repeat for 1= 30s, V= #(I+0.18) His for osts20s and V=l2 ft/s for { >205 Q,= vit +4 where dag Thus, a a, =H and a -S , where R= 50 (1) For ¢ =/0s* (a) a, = ae = 4(a!) 048, | (8) dn = V*/R=[#(140.1(10)] 44/02 /(S0tf) = 1.28 HL and =o he (6) a=(ap +ar)*( oft) ie] = Laett (2) For £ = 30s: (@) Since V=12H/e =condlant $¢=0 and V0 so that a= vit +ip <0 (b) y= VSR = (2G) /(50H) = 2.908, and (0) a= (aq* +ag*)~ = ay = 200H ‘Dy HoH444 4.44, Throughout most of the funnel the flow is approximately radial (along rays from OQ) with a velocity of V = c/r?, where rris the radial coordinate and c is a constant. If the velocity is 0.4 m/s when r = 0.1 m, determine the acceleration at points Aand B. Water flows steadily through the funnel shown in Fig. @=Qhtas FIGURE P4.44 $, where nee =0 since Re (ée, the streamlines are straight Also, ag=Vib=-V% | where V=& Since V= 0.42 when r=0.lm it follows that c=VPr =. Thus, ae=-(F2) or 3) 45 At point At qs Coimy® At point Bt alo YP ‘Ss (0.1167m)= ad 3 BY (0.1m)? 24x)0° 2 op Y= 3 mn? J a(n? EY ) = 320% 1.484 m 1 #, where rm ad / (0.1) +(0.06Y = O.Nb7M aS[450 4.50 Water flows through the slit at the bottom of a two- dimensional water trough as shown in Fig. P4.50, Throughout most of the trough the flow is approximately radial (along rays from Q) with a velocity of V = c/r, where r is the radial coordinate and c is a constant. If the velocity is 0.04 m/s when r = 0.1 m, determine the acceleration at points A and B. ave Also, Cae vit eye where V Thos, a= “CF At point Mei eon)? % = Co. am) At point oT =3m 2 _ (tues) -3 m =~ (orms = 2.000 Since V= 0.042 when r= 0.1m jt follows that 6 = Vr = (0.042)(0.1m) = #x107 2 op Y= 282 FIGURE P4.S0 =a, A +08, where an=—e=0 since R= (é.e, the streamlines are straight) 53 m 2 where r~m 4-46451 4.51 Air flows from a pipe into the region Disks between two parallel circular disks as shown in / ml Fig. 4.5). The fluid velocity in the gap between >| the disks is closely approximated by V = VsR/r, HIRE | oe where R is the radius of the disk, r is the radial © j 4 KR coordinate, and Vsis the fluid velocity at the edge Pine of the disk. Determine the acceleration for r = 1, 2, or 3 ft if Vp = 5 ft/s and R = 3 ft, FIGURE P4.51 = a y2 7 , . = $ ab -0 =e (¢.e, the streamlines ee cakes Also, a,=V 45 = vit » where V=~7" Since y= 54 and Raat, Y= 42 1 where p~tt r~ft Ths, z 7/99 a, = (8) (- eB) = - WER’. (SENG _ gas a =-- Pa =P At r=lit, q=~225 § ole Ai r=2ft, a= Atr=3ft, ag= 4-47Mi) 4,52 Air flows into a pipe from the region between a circular disk and a cone as shown in Fig. P4.52. The fluid velocity in the i gap between the disk and the cone is closely approximated by ‘Cone at V = VoR*/r*, where R is the radius of the disk, r is the radial coordinate, and Vs is the fluid velocity at the edge of the disk, Determine the acceleration for r = 0.5 and 2 ft if Vy = 5 ft/s, Bas and R = 2ft \ M FIGURE Pa.s2 T= a h+ac$, where a= Ye O since Rew (c.e. the streamlines vv. 4 are sitaigh Also, @,= Vis =-Vip since F and are pointed in opposite directions. Thus, with V=VoR'/r? if follows that a, =~ (VoR7r*)(-2YR'Zr*) = 2VER Ye =2(sth) (2tl/r® = 800/r® A where r~ ff Mr=ost, a, = 800fos) #, = 25 s00f s Mr=2t, a, = 800/(2.o -2st 4g553 4.53 _Air flows steadily through a long pipe with a speed of u = 50 + 0.5x, where xis the distance along the pipe in feet, and 1 is in fUs, Due to heat transfer into the pipe, the air temperature, 7, within the pipe is T= 300 + 10x °F, Determine the rate of change of the temperature of air particles as they flow past the section at x= ft DT 287 4 ust py dt 4 ot ye nit THX iy tarya , where u=50405x, pr=0, w=, and T =300+10x This, 7 PF eotuke +0+0 = (S0+0.5x)(|0) = 500+5x a where X~ ft Hence, at X= 54 Tp 500+ 5(5) 2 525°F 4-49454 4.54 A company produces a perishable product in a factory located at x = 0 and sells the product along the distribution route x > 0. The selling price of the product, P, is a function of the enght of time after it was produced, r, and the location at which it is sold, x. That is, P = P(x, 1). At a given location the price of the Product decreases in time (itis perishable) according to 8P/at = —8 dollars/hr. In addition, because of shipping costs the price increases with distance from the factory according to 6P/ax = 0.2 dollars/mi. If the manufacturer wistes to sell the product for the same 100-dollar price anywhere along the distribution route, determine how fast he must travel along the rout. ap zH6 dollars and $2 20,2 delete DP But, P=/00 dollars anywhere, Se that Sr art _— (-8dollars/hr) _ yo Ma~ TPA = a; 0,2. dollars/m') hr 4-504,55 4,55 Assume the temperature of the exhaust in an exhaust pipe can be approximated by T = Tl + ae™)[1 + c cos(wr)}, where Ty = 100 °C, a = 3, b = 0.03 m"', ¢ = 0.05, and @ = 100 rad/s. If the exhaust speed is a constant 3 m/s, determine the time rate of change of temperature of the fluid particles at x = 0 and x = 4m when ¢ = 0. Since u=3% ,v=0, and w=0 if follows that DT _ aT 7. -2T oT aT oT oT. aT DER RE AVVT = ap tua Hay twos = SP tut Thus DT BT = (14a) Cow sinlut)+UT, (|+¢ castut))(-ab &**) When t=O: DE = ~ abut (16), or with the given data, BF = ~(3)(0.03 79)(32.)(100%) (140.05) 6 °°9* = 28.4% COOP "EC | where X~m $ Thus, 3F and 28.4 & at x20, tro ig at X= 4m , £-0 4-514,56 4.56 A bicyclist leaves from her home at 9 A.M. and rides to a beach 40 mi away. Because of a breeze off the ocean, the tem erature at the beach remains 60 °F throughout the day. At the Cyclist’s home the temperature increases linearly with time, go- ing from 60 °F at 9 A.M. to 80°F by 1 pM. The temperature is assumed to vary lineary as a function of position between the cyclist’s home and the beach. Determine the rate of change of temperature observed by the cyclist for the following conditions: (a) as she pedals 10 mph through a town 10 mi from her home at 10 A.M; (b) as she eats lunch at a rest stop 30 mi from her home at noon; (c) as she arrives enthusiastically at the beach at 1 ®M., pedaling 20 mph. From the given data the temperature, T, varies as a function of location, x, and time, t, as shown in the Figure. IT This, BT . ay tag (a) At X=/0mi and t= 10am, oT . (759-60) _ p50 aa te Ae and 60°-65°) ___1loy . Bee SE Fm Thus, with w=]omi/hr, eee BES EY +10 (-$ ini) = 2.5 Vir T_ (6s°-60') _ 5, (b) At noon with U=0 (resting) and $F = Ghe 2 & Uie Bee ud =o 2S fp = 125 Ye dT _ (60'- 80" (c) Upon arival at the beach with u=20mph , oF =O, and 5 = ae =-0.5 Ymi BE HF ugk = ud = 20 0.5%!) -10%hr457 4%57 The temperature distribution in a fluid is given by T = 10x + Sy, where x and y are the horizontal and vertical coordinates in meters and T is in degrees centigrade. Determine the time rate of change of temperature of a fluid particle traveling (a) horizontally with « = 20 m/s, v = 0 or (b) vertically with u=0,v = 20m/s. or. Faudt avid, where $f -0 T 0) eo90 tl Thus, if u=20% and v=0, then 9F =Uudy=(20%) (106) = 200-5 a als 00 and if U0 and v=20%, they BF = ver = (2025 H) = 4-53FSY 4.59 The wind blows through the front door of a house with aspeed of 2 m/s and exits with a speed of 1 m/s through two windows on the back of the house. Consider the system of interest for this flow to be the air within the house at time ¢ = 0, Draw a simple sketch of the house and show an appropriate control volume for this flow. (On the sketch, show the position of the system at time t = 1s, Since the air enters at 2m/s and leaves at |m/s, the air al the entrance and exrt has moved 4=V,8t-2m/s (/s)=2m and £, =V, dt = /m/s (hs) 50 that = ye = Oa5m Since yy = Yeres “Yona” if follows that the same valve of @ is obtained regardless which volume is used, 4-55462 ~ 4.62 Inthe region just downstream of a sluice gate, the water may develop a reverse flow region as is indicated in Fig, P4.62and Video V10.9 The velocity profile is assumed to consist of two uniform regions, one with velocity V, = 10 fps and the other with V, = 3 fps. Determine the net flowrate of water across the portion of the control surface at section (2) if the channel is 20 ft wide. FIGURE P4.62 Q = YAMA, = (10 #0 (1248) G0H1) ~(2)(LOR)(204) 732 ££ 4.63 |4.63 At time r = 0 the valve on an initially as p = p.(1 — e~"), where b is a constant, de- empty (perfect vacuum, p = 0) tank is opened termine the time rate of change of mass within and air rushes in. If the tank has a volume of ¥, the tank. and the density of air within the tank increases For 620, p= “ - 67] 50 that M= mass of air in tank = 0% =0.% [I-e Thus, HH He = obo et waged 2 4-56465 4.65 Water enters the bend of a river with the uniform velocity profile shown in Fig. P4,65,At the end of the bend there is a region of separation or reverse flow. The fixed control volume ABCD coincides with the system at time ¢ = 0. Make a sketch to indicate (a) the system at time r= 5s and (b) the fluid that has entered and exited the control volume in that time period. V= 1 ms BFIGURE p4.65 Since the distance the fluid travels in time ét= 5s is L=V&, the fluid at A-B when t<0 has traveled Le(Im/s)($s)=5m when t=d1<-5s. This is shown in the figure below. Similarly, the tvid across C-D at t=0 has moved as indicated when tt =5s. Thus, the boundary of the system at £=5 are as show in the figure below. The flvid that entered and exited the control volome in that time period is alco shown. confro! volume — — — control volome and system al t=0 pe system at t=Ss Soh? Fluid that has a exited contro] Fluid tha} has volyme entered control Volume 4-5766 4.66 A layer of oil flows down a vertical plate as shown in Fig. P4..66 with a velocity of V = (Vo/h?) (2hx — x°)j where Vo and h are constants. (a) Show that the fluid sticks to the plate and that the shear stress at the edge of the layer (x = h) is zero. (b) Determine the flowrate across surface AB, Assume the width of the plate is b. (Note: The velocity profile for laminar flow in a pipe has a similar shape. See Video V6.13) Hence, the flvid sticks to the plate and there is no shear stress al the free surface. xsh h 8) Op = (ar dh forbde “(te (2hx -x2)b dk or h Qn = MebThxt-dx| = 3\hb oO4.67 Vy = 2 mvs 4.67 Water flows in the branching pipe shown in Fig. P4.67 with uniform velocity at each inlet and outlet. The fixed control volume indicated coincides with the system at time 1 = 20s. Make asketch to indicate (a) the boundary of the system at time r = 20.1, (b) the fluid that ieft the control volume during that 0.1-s interval, and (c) the fluid that entered the control volume during that time interval. === Controt volume Vp = Les FIGURE P4.67 Since Vis constant, the flid travels a distance L= Vat in time at. Thus, 4= Vat = (2-2) (201-20)s = 0.2m 4= pat = (1 2) (201-20) = 0./m and h,= Vyat = (2.5%)(20,1-20)s = 0.25m The system at 1=20.1s and the fluid that has entered or exited the control volume are indicated in the figure below. 1 flow into control vol. aiig" flow ovt of contrel vol. 7 >0.2m a — — — control volume ~N @ ne system at £=2018 ee flow into control vol. 4-594.68 — Two plates are pulled in opposite directions with speeds of 1.0 ft/s as shown in Fig, P4.68. The oil between the plates moves with a velocity given by V = 10 yi ft/s, where y is in feet. The fixed control volume ABCD coincides with the system at time r= 0. Make a sketch to indicate (a) the system at time 1 = 0.2 s and (b) the fluid that has entered and exited the control volume in that time period. FIGURE P4.68 Since V=ulye = loy 2 it follows that the flvid flows in the x-direction a distance of ax = Uat = soy (0.2) ff = 2y # from t=0 to t=0.28. The lines A-B and C-D (the ends of the original system location) deform into lines A°8 and C*b'as shown in the figure below. The portions of the system that have entered and exited the control volume during this time are indicated, 8. Flow into contro) vol —~S\SS>*] NS flow out of control vel, x a F, NT How inlo control vol Lo2#_.] o —— —— control yolyme --- system at #=0.2s5 4-604.69 4.64 Water is squirted from a syringe with a speed of V 5 m/s by pushing in the plunger with a speed of V, 0.03 m/s as shown in Fig. P4,69. The surface of the deforming control volume consists of the sides and end of the cylinder and the end of the plunger. The system consists of the water in the syringe at = 0 when the plunger is at section (1) as shown. Make a sketch to indicate the control surface and the system when t = 0.5. FIGURE P4.69 During the t=0.5s time interval the plunger moves 4,= Vp kt =0.015m and the water initially at the exit moves 4=Vét =2.5m. The corresponding control surtaces and systems at t=O and t-0.5s shown in the figure below. —— — control volume at t=0.55 system af t=0.5s 4-614,70 4.70 _ Water enters a 5-ft-wide, 1-ft-deep channel as shown in Fig. P4.70, Across the inlet the water velocity is 6 ft/s in the center portion of the channel and 1 fi/s in the remainder of it. Farther downstream the water ‘lows at a uniform 2 ft/s velocity across the entire channel. The fixed control volume ABCD coincides with the system at time ¢ = 0. Make a sketch § "Vs to indicate (a) the system at time ¢ = 0,5 s and (b) the fluid 2tus that has entered and exited the control volume in that time period. Control surtace B FIGURE P4.70 During the ¢=9.5s time interval the tlvid that was along line BC at time t=0 has moved to the right a distance heV t= 28 (ass) = /#f, Similarly, portions of the fluid along line AD have moved £2 /# (0,55) = 0.5% and he 6£ (0.55) = 311, Ths assumes the 14 and 62 fluid streams do not rie or intermingle during the ass time interval. See figure below. entered control Volume fluid that exited contre! Volume — — — fixed contrel volume weeee------ System af #=0,5s 44-6247 4.71 Water flows through the 2-m-wide rectangular channel shown in Fig. P4,7/ with a uniform velocity of 3 m/s. (a) Di- rectly integrate Eq. 4.16 with 5 = 1 to determine the mass flowrate (kg/s) across section CD of the control volume. (b) Repeat part (a) with b = 1/p, where p is the density. Explain the physical interpretation of the answer to part (b). Ve3mis B c mae Control surace HB FIGURE P47) . - > ® Bur =f eb VAda a Sout ZL v With b=l and Vit =Vcosé this becomes n 5 Cc Bay = fel c0s8 df =W cos faa =VcaO Ay , where A,, = £ (2m) be 254) “(eace Jom “(eae )™ Thus, with Ve3m/s, B,, = (22) cos (5) m* (999) = 2000 42 b) With b= 1/e £4.li) becomes By =[WAdA =(Veos0 d= Voue A, “(28 on (ala) With b= Vp = rma) = fl it follws that “B= velo” (é0, b= qe) 0 that SVAA = Bat represents the volome flowrate (mY) from the contrel volome, 4-63 a)LTB 4.72 The wind blows across ¢ field with an approximate velocity profile as shown in Fig, P4.72. Use Eq. 4.16 with the parameter b equal to the velocity to determine the momentum. flowrate across the vertical surface A-B, which is of unit depth into the paper. m FIGURE P4.72 y22oft AB y<0 3 Bu, v= Sy # for osysiott(ée,, V~0 at y<0; Vers # at y=10) and V=/5£ for y>loft Thus, m “. 00238 SBT 750 ff +2250 g It = zee et ange Ip —— ng {ebV-A dh = (00 Van = 0 ivedlived-t]armdy 8, = ef {C014 + fostay]= eef.2e%] +] 15 tts 4-64ERS SS Water enters a cylindrical tank through two pipes at rates of 250 and 100 gal/min (see Fig. PS.5). If the level of the water in the lank remains constant, calculate the average velocity of the flow leaving the tank through an 8-in. inside-diameter pipe. | Section (2). | 1 ais {19 100 gavin = ws 250 gatimin > I Lag geal S FIGURE P68 Por steady and incompressible Flow through the combo vlane. showin Q,=Q,+Q or 3 / Z- £(a+@)« ae (4+) 3 4? - a Y= (v2 + 250 237 wYe ae é 100 gpm som) eae je in) Pin ft Y= 223 & %peey 5.6 Water flows out through a set of thin, closely spaced blades as shown in Fig. 5.6 with a speed of V = 10 ft/s around the entire cir- ‘cumference of the outlet. Determine the mass flowrate through the inlet pipe. Use the conbel volume. contaned witha the broker, lines shown in the sketch obove . From the, conservation of mass principle inlet ~ "outlet Also Vi. cos 60° Coutap ode outlet ear LV, 1 cos 60 = 6 slugs Ss 3.66 (14 -) ar (6ftY6.1 fH (10 Boos 60° FH?S17 5.7 ‘The pump shown in Fig. P5.7 produces a steady flow of 10 gal/s through the nozzle. Determine the nozzle exit diameter, D3, : if the exit velocity is to be Vz = 100 f/s. 2 MD FIGURE PS.7 For steady flow Q,=Q,, where @,=10 28! (231 ity yeas ) = 1337 Thus, with Y= loo waar = gy = F02(jof) or D, = 0.130 ft= 1.57 in.5.8 S.8 Water flows into a sink as shown in Video V5.1 and Fig. P5.8 at a rate of 2 gallons per minute. Determine the average velocity through cach of the three 0.4-in.-diameter overflow holes if the drain is closed and the water level in the sink remains constant, FIGURE P68 Q, =Q, for the control volume indicated, re L min. nin. fr 2 gal bos | si 748 = 0.00446 -& mn £ ALM or Ye = Be ._20006 5. 79 ft a. fF Zz ste)| eens ot5.9 5.9 The wind blows through a7 fi x 10 ft garage door opening with a speed of 5 ft/s as shown in Fig. P5.9, Determine the average speed, V, of the air through the two 3 ft X 4 ft openings in the windows. BFIGURE P69 For steady mcompressible flow Qganye = Quvsce + Punirdow ‘door vA v. =A. VtA, AY Garage “ rovmal to Window window door — garage dor so the average speed, V, of the air through the 4wo win cloves ts Aggrage Voormal te garage dtor _ tt) (Wott) (5 Ft) sinz0" _ 4,99 ba ne 2Asuardew 203 t)C4 tt) 5.10 5.10 The human circulatory system consists of a complex branch- {ng pipe network ranging in diameter from the aorta (largest) to the capillaries (smallest). The average radii and the number of these vessels is shown in the table below. Does the average blood velocity increase, decrease, or remain constant as it travels from the aorta to-the capillaries? a Vessel Average Radius, mm Number rN, mm ‘Aorta 125 ‘i 156 eres 20 159 $36 Arterioles 0.03 14xio | 42.600 uf v a oe 39X10 | 140,400 The average blood velocity, V, is related to the blood mass flow, vn, by eae aa i se/ cross sochon areg (1t*) where 9 iz blood density, A is vere! on G and N is number of vessels. So tr constant m and 0, ve Yorn) and since He ian product becomes larger, the average velocrty becomes smaller. 5-5Sot 5.11 Air flows steadily between two cross sections in a long, straight section of 0.1-m inside diameter pipe. The static tempera ture and pressure at each section are indicated in Fig. P5.11. If the section (1) sean average air velocity at section (1) is 205 m/s, determine the average p77 4pa abe wine air velocity at section (2) 7a 208K ow Vi = 205 ms BFIGURE P51 This analysis is similar to the one of Example 5.2. For steady tlw between sections (I) and(z) m= mM 2 / or a ~ BAN LAG Thus Ye Bay a fa Assuming thal under the conditions of this problem, air behwes as an ideal gas we use the ideal gas eguation of stake (Eg. 18) * get zie : a a = 2 7, @) Combining &%s. | and 2 and observing that A, =A, we get Z- BRD ~ (77 #rlwsy]GtoK) (205 =) = | PRE (4 4r@s JACEK) 5 V= BIH m 2 S512 5.12 A hydraulic jump (see Video V 10.10) is in place downstream from a spillway as indicated in Fig. P5.12. Upstream of the jump, the depth of the steam is 0.6 ft and the average stream velocity is 18 fi/s. Just downstream of the jump, the average stream velocity is 3.4 fi/s. Calculate the depth of the steam, h, just downstream of the jump. SB FIGURE Psa2 Por steady incompressible flow between sections (1 )and(2) Q, = or or_ _ VA, = YA, Thus Vh, = VA, anda ae VA. = (8)(o6f) _ 3/8 Ft Y, 5-4_ Wetair tit = 156,900 tome 5.13 An evaporative cooling tower (see Fig. P5.13) is used to cool water from 110 to 80°F, Water enters the tower at a rate of 250,000 Ibm /hr. Dry air (no water vapor) flows into the tower at a rato of 151,000 lbm/hr. Ifthe rate of wet air flow out of the tower | is 156,900 Ibm/hr, determine the rate of water evaporation in Tbm/br and the rate of cooled water flow in tbm /hr. For steady flow of dry ar “FIGURE P5138 a) Ms = 2 ay air For steady flow of water = ‘Zz. my a water * Me @) Also m, = m, dy an * "2, waler (3) Combining Eqs. | and 3 we get Y = Mm - m, = rate of water evaporation M, water ~ ,- M3 ‘i se oo I 151,000 '6m = 5900 ‘bn , el Lom es fhm Pa aicio al AG ie v br hr From ©. 2 we get Y r tate of cooled water tlow io ” ~ ” water ca Lom . thm _ 5900 tom _ 244 000 tm i, = 256 000 de & f, Cooled waterS14 5.14 At cruise conditions, air flows into a jet engine at a steady fate of 65 Ibm/s. Fuel enters the engine ata steady rate of 0.60 Ibm/s. ‘The average velocity of the exhaust guses is 1500 ft/s relative to the alr engine. If the engine exhaust effective cross-sectional area is 3.5, estimate the density of the exhaust gases in Ibm/f?, for steady low 7 = mn +n t & . Lbm 0.60 Sr S a mtm ~~ OFS Ft = et: (3.5 #°) (1500 ) = Lan 2 = 9.0125 eS5.15 Water at 0.1 m°/s and alcohol ($G=0.8) at 0.3 m°Vs are mixed alcohol mix ina y-duct as shown in Fig. 5.15. What is the average density of the mixture of alcohol and water? cane S Water Q=0.1 mis q cohol ($0 = 0.8) Q=03 mis BFIGURE P5165 For steady flow m+ Mm, = m; or A%+ 2% *8 4% (1) Also, since the water and alcoho/ may be considered »y yn compressible Q + Q, =; (z) Combining Eqs. / amd 2 we get LY + A= B(At&) or A 4, * RE & Q+a, a p@, + 56, Q,) Je Q,raQ, sis 698 Slee! +(08)(03 PD] w9 Ope me + 03 a ee 5-10BG 5.16 Freshwater flows steadily into an open 55-gal drum initially filled with seawater. The freshwater mixes thoroughly with the seawater and the mixture overfiows out of the drum. If the freshwater flowrate is 10 gal/min, estimate the time in seconds required to decrease the difference between the density of the mixture and the density of fresh water by 50%. A fixed, non- de forming control volume that contains the water mixture in the 55-9a/ drum js used. Fresh water enters the conte! volume with density , Ps wd volume flowrate, Q,- The mixture is assumed pp be homogeneous throughout the contr yolume and leaves the contol Volume with density, 2, and volume tlowrate, Az. Application of fhe conservation of mass equation (&. 5-5) t the How through this Contel volume yields d¥ - = 7) ie + 2 @ fe ° Since the tluids vavolved ave wacompressible, Q, = Also, the volume of He &g.1 leads 4 Control volume is constant. Thus (2 4% d%), 24a . @ dt A or a4) + (aya - 2 a at At% Mv The solution of fh Zz is 2. ce 4 10 @ 2 ’ slugs, AL t=, A% = Lreawoee (099 Wert) 1.026 Fret mate (194 7) thus C = 9.026 (con't) uyThen for fat where Pp 2,F L013 and t= Substituting this value and other givens set | rg a? finial Mixture density initial mixture density ag = + Dy) = as (1926 +1) = 1013 tofo Eg. we get C10 94l/ain) a eH (55 gat) Coom) 0.026 € mAs) 227 $5Be 5.17 A water jet pump (see Fig. P5.17) involves a jet cross-sectional area of 0,01 m’ » and a jet velocity of 30 m/s. The jet is surrounded by entrained water. The total cross-sectional area associated with the jet and entrained streams is 0.075 m*. These two fluid streams leave ‘the pump thoroughly mixed with an average velocity of 6 m/s ‘through a cross-sectional area of 0.075 m?. Determine the pumping ate (Le. the entrained fluid flowrate) involved in liters/s. FIGURE P5417 For steady incompressible Haw through the control Volume 2,+Q,=Q, or VA +, = V3 As; Thus Qa, = V,A3 - ZA, = [6 2)(0.076 wt) - (20m (2010) foaosey Q, = 150 fiers a s$18 5.18 ‘Two rivers merge to form a larger river as shown in Fig. P5.18. Ata location downstream from the junction (before the two streams completely merge), the nonuniform velocity profile is 4s shown and the depth is 6 ft. Determine the value of V. B FIGURE Ps.18 Use the cmbol volume shown within broken Ines ™ the sketch abwe. We note fhgt m= py andl trom the comservahon of mass principle we get Nair e=aci Sacra nad Thus = 2 PAY, + PA ~ PA RV He AV and Va AMAL _(prenoaet) Gon bk) ACos)+ Ah (sori xetilo.d)r (WAH) Osv V = 3:63 Sie ay s-BAD. 5.19 Various types of attachments can be used with the shop vac shown in Video V5.2, TWwo such attachments are shown in Fig P5.19 —a nozzle and a brush. The flowrate is 1 ft'/s. (a) Determine the average velocity through the nozzle entrance, V,. (b) Assume the air ante enters the brush attachment in a radial direction all around the brush = with a velocity profile that varies linearly from 0 to V, along the length of the bristles as shown in the figure, Determine the value of V,, BFIGURE P5.19 (a) Q, = where 0.2/4 This, 2 AM =a Veh=aee eo a Y, = 45.0 (b) Q, = where Q,= 1° and Q,= Ve Ay where Vy = average velocity at 3)=4\, and As =7Dsh; Thys, f £4 [7(aH) aA) =/ £ or V, = 20.4£ ’ 5-155.29 An appropriate turbulent pipe flow velocity profile is R= 1\", veal centerline velocity, r = local radius, R = pipe radius, where and i = unit vector along pipe centerline. Determine the ratio of av. erage velocity, to centerline velocity, u, for (a)n = 4, (b) n = 6, cress, sectice (n= 8, @)n = 10. Compare the different velocity profiles. For any cross section area ae ae ee Also Z or Ven -Vi- 4 (5) R dA = 2mrdr Thus for 4 uniformly, distributed density, 2 over area A L Up &) ? grrrdr 7 = mR* and -_ ei + 2 a. te £)(£) 42) = Jen uy oY | APALB AUK: 2nt4 an 41 a o+——+ 4 ue 9. 866 0 2 4 6 8 10 # * The different velocity profiles (inelading tor laminar Flom) ave compared n Fig, 8.18. Fince Ke be EME OL a et practically significant, it is not shown. 5-16al 5-21 As shown in Fig. P52, at the entrance toa 3-ft-wide Channel the velocity distribution is uniform with a velocity V. Further downstream the velocity profile is given by u = 4y — 2y?, where wu is in ft/s and y is in ft, Determine the value of V. HB FIGURE Ps.21 Use the cbr! volume indicated by the broken lines in the skelch abwe- From the conservation of mass printiple a =a, 1 ft YA, = fuda [ly ay)b dy A iz a salt bEH = 3 fey" 2y be #6 Vw) t _ t. be 4+ 1.79 ft 300.75) eo} ? 5 S-/7a ee ae 5.22 A water flow situation is described by comers at (x, y, z) = (0, 0, 2), (5, 0, 2), (5, 5, the velocity field equation 2) (05,2), (0,0,0), 0,0) (8, 5,0). and, V = Gr + 21+ Q2y — 4)j — Sek fils SpO)as shown tae Eee where x, y, and z are in feet. (a) Determine the mass flow rate through the rectangular area in the plane corresponding to z = 2 feet having corners at (x. y, z) = (0, 0, 2), (5, 0,2), (5, 5, 2), and (0, 5. 2) as shown in Fig. P5.12a(b) Show that mass is conserved in the control volume having 7 . t <0 (a) The general expression for mass * Myer eT ae OF Hlowrale across area A, is (a a , =e A FIGURE P5.22 m= f ~V.AAA 1 A, ince the #- direction component of velocity, w, , is uniformly distributed over A,, we can use m= A,) = (1:94 sags) (10 ft te y= p (enh) = (094 2892)(10 HY o5 #) or m, = 485 slugs (b) If fev AdA = 0, then mass is conserved. However [pv naa = Dm and since the component of velocity» normal to each plane area of the control volume is unitormly distributed over that area we have Zm = (-wA, + Ww, A,-WwA,+ uy A, + GAL + GA) Z m= (-250 fs Of — 2081+ 70fF'. vot? 604’) m=O and mass is conserved. 5-185.23 An incompressible flow velocity field am (water) is given as Ve i, 4rle where r is in meters. (a) ene the mass flowrate through the cylindrical surface at r = 1m from z = 0 toz = 1 mas shown in Fig. P5.23a- (b) Show that mass is conserved in the annular control volume from r = 1m tor = 2 m and z = 0toz = 1 mas shown in Fig. P5.23, @ ® FIGURE P5.23 @) The general expression tor mass fourale across cylindrica) qreq A, fs ={ pueda Since the radial aurection component of velacity, ¥, is es bole over A, we can ie, wi, = = (A & (1 BY 2”) , - os 1 W (b) If [ew AdA = 0, then mass is conserved. Poteten ye pv. AdA = 2m and since the component of velocity normal +o each cylindrical and plane areg of the contro! yolume js uniformly distributed over that area we have Zh = p(%A ~ BA, “M34; + % ay 4,) n= 29 mF _ 3 3 2m PC 1 oe an on rom) =m = O and mass is conserved.5.24 5.24 — Flow of a viscous fiuid over a flat plate surface results in the development of a region of reduced velocity adjacent to the wetted surface as depicted in Fig. P5.24. This region of reduced flow is called a boundary lzyer. At the leading edge of the plate, the velocity profile may be~ considered uniformly distributed with a value U. Alll along the outer edge of the boundary layer, the fluid velocity component parallel to the plate surface is also U. If the x direction velocity profile at section (2) is fy" u \6 develop an expression for the volume flowrate through the edge of the boundary layer from the leading edge to a location downstream at x where the boundary layer thickness is 5. From the conservation of mass flow through the we have = m= vA Une oa [rvaa 2 for sacompressible, Flow f 24, ATE) fy) where Loe aud thus = 2UL5 YX - 3 contro! volume width of te plate Section (2) Section (1) uv Outer edge boundary FIGURE P53.24 Principle aeplied to the Shown in the figure 5-203B $.25 Air at standard conditions emers the compressor shown in Fig. 5.25 ata rate of 10 ft'/s. It eaves the tank through a 1.2-in.-diameter pipe with a density of 0.0035 slugs/ft° and a uniform speed of 700 f/s. (a) Determine the rate (slugs/s) at which the mass of air in the tank is increasing or decreasing. (b) Determine the average time rate of change of air density within the tank, FIGURE P5285 use the control volume with the broken ines. (a) Fron the conservation of mass principle we get Mm, ae bur sm, - hig Cin Pret Bot op Dt mM " pet Comte Eb pes (m Days 0.00456 Slug ta creasing Dt s (6) My = De %,) %, PP = 0.00455 59 be Dr Dt a So A te > De _ 700086 I a aoyse He 2.28% 10 sap be 20 ft? fF s Ye 5-21$.26 5.26 Estimate the time required to fill with water a cone- shaped container (see Fig. P5.26) 5 ft high and 5 ft across at the ht top if the filling rate is 20 gal/min, S&S volume aaa it Kg MB FIGURE P5.26 From application of the Conservation of mass principle to the contre! volume shown in the figure we have ae Scien =O For incompressible flow ae _Q =0 ot oy t [=a dé ° o id - ROW 9 tth(s H4)078 He) Q 22 (iz) (20 at) (250 tn! a, min el t = 12.2 mindeformvig contre! Volume 5.29 A hypodermic syringe (see Fig. P5.29) is used to apply a vaccine. If the plunger is moved forward at the steady rate of 20 mm/s and if vaccine leaks pass the plunger at 0.1 of the volume flowrate out the needle opening, calculate the FIGURE P5.29 average velocity of the needle exit flow. The inside diameters of the syringe and the needle are 20 mm and 0.7 mm. out Using a detormng contre! yolume and the conservation of mass principle CEg, §./7) as outlined th Example 5.2, we obtain (see &g.8 of Example 5.8) “PAM + Ra * Peg ~ 2 Since = constant , On Wwe obtain from &g./ a = Os Q, ang QrAY, gi AY, = AV or ye (4) % -/4) 4% (20mm) (20 mm/s) MCL LL (7mm) Ca) (Rm)5.30 5.30 The Hoover Dam (see Video V2.4) backs up the Colorado River and creates Lake Mead, whichis approximately 115 miles long and has a surface area of approximately 225 square miles. If during flood conditions the Colorado River flows into the lake at a rate of 45,000 cfs and the outflow from the dam is 8000 cfs, how many feet per 24-hour day will the lake level rise? For the control vame shown: ' A, 7 ry 4 ’ lake Min~ Moot = fe ve Sin h Lake Meat ous A . cVwater sat eerie PTT EY, control surface Qn - Qoot = H+ (Auch) = Make dt 3 THIS, dh _ Gat~Qin _ (45000 - 8,060) # ~6 in. ; = teh tn 5 T= 5. 90K/0 a Alas 225 mi* (529088, s it ft = 5.90x/0O (3,8004-)(2¢4,) = 0.510 gay 5-2$.31 deforming 5.3] Storm sewer backup causes your basement to flood at contre! volume that the steady rate of 1 in. of depth per hour. The basement floor vs Contiins water area is 1500 fi?. What capacity (gal/min) pump would you rent orn 4 to (a) keep the water accumulated in your basement at a constant ve . at level until the storm sewer is blocked off, (b) reduce the water 7” 1 vy fh accumulation in your basement at a rate of 3 in./hr even while the backup problem exists? ; flow out Faw ti For a deforming contro! wlame that contains the Wafer over the basement floor (see Sketch above), the Conservation of mass principle (Eq. 5-17) leads to (- 3 2 [pd r[ritaa =o at “oy cs or fer Constant tlujid density and area (A) A dh - a, + Quy == O (1) () for part a , &. 1 leads fo Gaus a Qin To evaluat Qj, we use £9.1 With Qyup =O. Thess, = Adh . (500 )(/ mm) 7 ft? a, = 4s GCL): ws # 22 in hv and ep fe 2 (1 Paws VL). 6 al out if ay a (pins) en Ar (6) For part b, &.1 yields = Q,-A aA Qauct a dt 6 gal >a im. Yh 49 gal Vf Q, = 56 gal (1500 FF X- fe) $3 Nev) j : = 62.4 fal Que * BA tafSpee 5.32 (See Fluids in the News article “New 1.6 ept Section $1.2) When a tet is fashed, he water tpi hin he tank as a function of time, ¢, is as given in the table. The size of the rectangular tank is 19 in. by 7.5 in. (a) Determine the volume of water used per flush, gpf. (b) Plot the flowrate for 0 = 1 6. (a) Volume of water per flush = $.70 in, (191n.x7Sin.) = 8Zin- = 3f_lgal 8120? (sE sz) = 3,52 gal (b) Q= diaieiield) Ane ar, where 4p i is obtained by numerical differentiatitn of the h vst datashown below, The resulting @ vst results are also shown below. 00 10 20 30 40 50 60 50 \ Q, inA3/s i. \ [| 150 -200 ~——+— -250 ———— 5-265.38 5.38 A 10-mm diameter jet of water is deflected by a homogeneous rectangular block (15 mm by 200 mm by 100 mm) that weighs 6 Nas shown in Video V5.96 and Fig. PS.38. Determine the minimum volume flowrate needed to tip the block. From the free body diagram of the block when if is ready fo tip 2M, =0, or Vv R, By, = WAy where Ry is o— r— 3 | the fore that the water puts O77" ~ on the block. 13) | Thus, Sr LI OO R. —llw.. 60 (22m) 4x0 igs is Ry 0.050m =0,90N control surface For the control volume shown the x-component of the momentym equation (ue V-aaa Lk cs becomes YeCWA=-Ry or =f — Thus, vy, = [297 = 3,390 ' (999 4) £(0.01m)" ee Hence, 3 Q =A M= Flom) (3.39%) = 2.66105.37, 5.34 Determine the anchoring force required to hold in place the conical nozzle attached to the end of the laboratory sink faucet shown in Fig: P5.39 when the water flowrate is 10 gal/min. The nozzle weight is 0.2 Ib. The nozzle inlet and exit inside diameters are 0.6 and 0.2 in., respectively. The nozzle axis is vertical and the axial distance between sections (1) and (2) is 1.2 in. The pressure at section (1) is 68 psi Q = 10 gal/min FIGURE PS.34 The analysis leadiig t the solution of this problem it sinilav to the one outlined in Example §./0, Included ta the control volume ae the nozzle and the water th the nozzle at an rstant, Applicaton of the vertical or = divection component of the linear momentum equation (&j. 5.22) +e the tow through this contro! volume leads 4 f = pws, - pwA, +W, + eA, *Wi-RA, (i) which is Eg. 4 of Example 5.10, The conservation Of mass equation yields m= pul = pw A, thus 63. | becomes e 2 E, = (w,-w,)+ Wo+PRA +Wo-pA, @) The different terms i7 &]. 2 are Calculated below. . ! sh 5 = (4 98)/70 gat) + “= 0.0432 "9g m=@ =( oe) mo Ni my io 5 w+ &- 2, = (og) (ag sine ft A ® (0.bin.) (7,43 gal q G 2 $8 602) 2 wo BO mE og pn 2 A TO, mae l \f60 a Sp ® aim) (748 a (0 2) 2 » = mo lb Cr) 9.2 16 pA, = fh GP Go te, ) wobe 2! (Cont ) 5428Tone) Ww, = = 9 E (eis beno)he y i ) (228) ft N# oe Peale leril anf WwW, = 0.0059) Ib 1 BAL = nee = @#) wi) = 0 lb Thus with & 2 Se F = Gone 29 Yast f- MN as 2 )* 4 O.2lo + (9-216 + 2005416 - 01% F = 15.5 1b 5-295.40 5.40. Water flows through a horizontal, 180° pipe bend as is il- sertonts) contro] lustrated in Fig. PS.40. The flow cross section area is constant at ‘a value of 9000 mm?, The flow velocity everywhere in the bend is 15 m/s, The pressures at the entrance and exitof the bend are 210 and 165 kPa, respectively. Calculate the horizontal (xandy)com- Ponents of the anchoring force needed to hold the bend in place. 42 FIGURE P5.49 This analysis is similar fo the one of Exampk 5./!. A fied, non- Oe forming control volume that contains the wakr Within the elbed between sections (/)and(2)al an instant is used, The horizontal forces acting on the contents of the control volume tn the % and y ditectons are shown Application of the x-dyrtchin component of the Iricar rrmentum epeatton (&q.5.22) lets to hy Application of the y-direction component of Vhe lear mementom equation yields =o MIP A GPU AL = RACK +A or R= PAU(YtY eR a pA, Thus 5 -07§ foc Nleaterreg e584 (9000 mm) ae =f e mx) mohen k= Teo N1 a S.41_ Water enters the horizontal, circular cross-sectional, sudden contraction nozzle sketched in Fig. PS.41 at section (1) with a uniformly distributed velocity of 25 fi/s and a pressure of 75 psi. The water exits from the nozzle into the atmosphere at section (2) where the uniformly distributed velocity is 100 ft/s. Determine the axial component of the anchoring force required to hold the contraction in place. ‘Section (2) Pa= Psi — —> HFIGURE Ps.41 Fer this problem we include tr the conkol volume the nogsle as well as the water at an instant between sechons (i)and(2as shaicated th the sketch above. the horizontal forces acting on the contents of the contol volunse art shown th the sketch. Note that the atmospheric forces cancel out and ave not shown. Application of the horizontal or xX. divection component of the Iineay momentun, equation (&4. §.22) to the flow through this control volume yields ~YP4A, + uy pur, = FA-B- RA, M From the conservahon of mass equation ( &.5.12) we obtain m= PUA,= 24, Ar Thus 4.01) may be exptssed as rn (Ug- 4) * BA, -F-BAy 4 ee : Bs ABM Fly.) = TP ~ BAP ~0u, TP, (ay-u,) or er 5 hag. + and Be 187) Teel 08 (MRE) Be 9 Ny 52 Ib FeSs. 42 of each is atmospheric, and the flow is incompressible. The Contents of each device is not known. When released, which 5.a2 we four devices shown in Fig. P5..__rest on friction- devices will move to the right and which to the left? Explain less wheels, are restricted to move in the x direction only and ( are initially held stationary. The pressure at the inlets and outlets (J) 4 2) 5 y. The p @ ~Bl ¢, yess , fi q I i aa we apply He horisonta on i Fs - H — } component of the linear a Se noe, momentum eguation fr the é contents of the control vokime - broken lines) and determie the (4) _| Sense of the anchoring tora. B- Jf 4 & in the direction cy @ Shown in the sketches, motion WFIGURE Ps.42 will be to the jeft. If F is yn a@ divection opposite to that shown, the moton is fy the right. Sf F,=0, there is no horizontal mohon. For sketch(a) “Vie A,- eka = Since Fis to the left, motion /s fo the right. For sketch (bo) -ViPYA, + WeKAL 2 F and from conservation of mass PVA =P A, and race vy >v,, then Fy is fo the left anol rma ten is to He right 2 For sketch, Co) (note: flow ig ink CV at G) —Vev < & er . Flee the left 2 motion is to the right For sketch (dj Then a + BPA, = and froma conservation of mass 044, = PY A, and Vv, < $2 F, is to the right and motion j's Yo The Jet. {ise 5-32S243 5.43 Exhaust (assumed to have the properties of standard air) leaves the 4-ft-diameter chimney stown in Video V5.4 and Fig. P5.43 with a speed of 6 fi/s. Because of the wind, after a few diameters downstream the exhaust flows in a horizontal direction with the speed of the wind, 15 fs. Determine the horizontal component of the force that the blowing wind puts on the exhaust gases, mw FIGURE P5.43 For the control volume indicated the x-component of the momentum eqvation (ueV-Adh =2hx becomes cs 4 ekA, =R., where Ry is the net horizontal force that the wind puts on the exhaust gases. Thos, ie Re m, Vs where th = 0ALVe= PAM (ce. m=) or mM, = (0.00238 shes) 2 any (oH) = 0179 sloas Hence, 4 R, = 0.79 8 (15 Hye 2.89 shott «9 ais SoeSieh > 5.44 Air flows steadily between two cross section in a long, straight section of 12-ininside diameter pipe, Tue static temperature andpres-—«.., Sure at each section are indicated in Fig P5.44. If the average air 5°" Section (2) 27 kPa (abs) velocity at section (2) is 320 m/s, determine the average air velocity at py = 690 kPa (obs) Pe section (1). Determine the frictional forve exerted by the pipe wall on T, = 300K de the air flowing between sections (1) and (2). Assume uniform velocity aoe distributions at each section. m@ FIGURE P5.44 This analysis is similar to the one of Example 5.2. For steady thw between sections (/)and(2) m= Mm, or _ PAY = RAY, Thus Ve 244 a) Tama Assuming that under the conditions of this problem, air behwes as an ideal gas we use the (deal gas eguation of state C3. 18) 2 get f2-. BL (2) 4 Ra Combining &ys. | and 2 and observing feat A, =A, we get G- BLD ~ Lez khlats)])Gook) (320 =) a rae * (60 keaGes (252K) 5 V= 70/ m x (cont) 5-34Js #4 | (con't ) The analysis for this problem is similar to the one of Example 5/2. for the contro! volume shown in the sketch above application of the axial component of the linear momentum eguation leads to “MAYA + KAVA = pl Ro BA From the Conservation of mass principle m= AAT = 2A,i, Also the ideal equation of State is = fe a i Thus Ble = ye Ae a EMCO) + Alte) «18 A 1a) Cn) a 2 2 RL R = wGrind oom) Car amY320 BV rap s200 fwoN in w “Oe oe aes) Bam A hg y fg-K 7 5 a> mt sown -oinfent)] a5 3E545 5.45 Determine the magnitude and direction of the anchoring force needed to hold the horizontal elbow and nozzle combination shown in Fig. P5.45 in place. Atmospheric pressure is 100 kPa. The ‘gage pressure at section (1) is 100 kPa. At section (2), the water exits to the atmosphere, FIGURE P5465 The control volume shown 1m the sketch above is used. Application of the y direction component of the linear momentum equation ylelds ty Application of the x direction Iinear momentum equation leads to an ~ueuA,- wpa, ~ FAR + RA, From the conservation of mass equation me puja, = Pils Ar Thus 1 a . R, = PHA, (4,44) + BAARA, = a Bu)e atten, or mn) fla 3) + 202 m ae és] + 400 ehe. ) Te (300 mm * foo N ) # (1000 ey mista & (a ule Bk and5.46 mI c eal 5.46 Water flows as two free jets from the tee attached to the pipe “%=! (ee shown in Fig. P5.46, The exit speed is 15 m/s. If viscous effects and gravity are negligible, determine the x and y components of the —>) force that the pipe exerts onthe tee. Pipe Teo @ FIGURE Ps.48 Use the Contra! volume shown. Foy the x-component of the force exerted by the pipe on the tee we use the x- component of the linear momentum equation - VOUA,+ PICA, = BA, BA,” BAAS) E = (P+ - . OP A(t ka Mo Bam) +E ATE 2) To get Y we use conservation of mass @,= AQ, +t As or AV, =A,Y, tA, so Vy = ht Ao (3m (I5™%) + (0.smY5%) jamz A 1 dm To estimake Prgage WE Use Bernoul|i’s equation for How bebween (iand(2) Fi anys a oo 4% eee lens . a - 2 han «eC (or ess beige) ee im By zi Pegese = 0, 500 of Now usin 0) we get: 2 Ce str fos yoy CHAS lero Ge) (42,500 & Nirm*) +E, “ x § = t So ie For the EE tora. exer teal by Mie pipe on the te we use ty Y Compre of Fhe (inear momentom egret fh get A: &F, yu Ku (is 3) 8 ag )(oam) = SLaoen fF, 5-37$47 5.47 A converging elbow (see Fig. P5.47) turns water through an angle of 135° in a vertical plane. The flow cross section diameter is 400 mm at the elbow inlet, section (1), and 200 mm at the elbow outlet, section (2). The elbow flow passage volume is 0.2 m* between sections (1) and (2). ‘The water volume flowrate is 0.4 m*/s and the elbow inlet and outlet pressures are 150 kPa and 90 kPa. The elbow mass is 12 kg. Calculate the horizontal (x direction) and vertical (z direction) anchoring forces required to hold the elbow in place. A control volume that contains the elbow and the water witha the eloow between sections (1)and(z) as shown in the sketch above is used. Application of the horizontal or x divecton Compontnt of the linear momentum eqration yields - 4, PULA, - Vicosasip VA = pA = Et PRA css? ne From conservation of mass = P44, = PUA, = pQ a Thas . + Es - eg + Abts" +f + PAtRA, 9 45 — beet p18 pm f, ae inom (vee 22). cos 45 ud erteal|('s.) ) [Geemm iar an =) + “fee inv) (50 tif) m/s fe AX Application of the vertical or 2 direction Component of the hhacar momentum equation leads to ~Y sin 5 YA, = BA sin 4s — aan ee we Which when combined with B31 gives = GG sis Asats*— W-W= Lazingss Are MS. “ateng he am Con't ) 5-38(con't) fectMBOR) 82), tn mania ‘(00mm ) & i(ceor men) 5 4 ong - (7 4 (i412) ae teatnay r= 870 N5.48 5.48 The hydraulic dredge shown in Fig. P5.48 is used to dredge sand from a river bottom. Estimate the thrust needed from the pro- peller to hold the boat stationary. Assume the specific gravity of the sand /water mixture is SG = 1.2. FIGURE Ps.a8 Using The control volume rhown by the broken line in the sketch, above we use the horizontal ov x Component of the lineay momentun, Sguation fe get Fe=0AM, = fy (sg) rey wd YM cos 30° et shore er Pe ee Flow eae the conte! volume verbally and section 2 is where tlw leaves he canto! Vakeme at an angle of 30° from the Aonyzental direction, Note Yat there is no horizontal direction near momentum Flow at section }. Es = (94s ee “gyi 4) 7 att) - any (Ge # ze ta zoe) k= G58 7 5-705.49 _ A static thrust stand is to be designed . e - wtrel volume for testing a specific jet engine. Knowing the fol- occa lowing conditions for a typical test, intake air velocity = 700 ft/s exhaust gas velocity intake cross section area intake static pressure intake static temperature E exhaust gas pressure = 0 psi ax estimate a nominal thrust to design for. The analysis for this problem is similar to the one of Example 5.14. A control volume that contains the entire engine and the Fluid iin the engine as indicated t the sketch is used. Application of the horizontal or x direction component of the linear momentum equation lads +o PAY SEGA RMA = IPA or Bi MPAA TAWA BA, The conservation of mass principle yields QUA = Aud, Thus ta = QUA, (4-4) - PA, or since = fh # ar then Fo = BUA, (4-4) BA, AX RY, : u fi ) +. zoott)lax m2\(// Fs (ut E709 B) 10 ievott. 7o0tt ee Ss Oe (™ ftIe » (480°R _ Fug. . — (un & ~ 147 it (io # ) Gad in? dn, F. F = 17,900 % A,X S-HP5.50 _ A horizontal circular cross section jet of air having a diameter of 6 in. strikes a conical deflector as shown in Fig. P5.50. A horizontal anchoring force of 5 Ib is required to hold the cone in place. Estimate the nozzle flow rate in ft'/s. The magnitude of the velocity of the air remains constant, FIGURE P5.50 The control volume shown pr the sketch is used, Application of the axial or x-direction component of the linear momentum equation yields ~4pu4A, + Uzeu,A, = we With the conservation of mass Principle we can conclude for this incompressible flav that u4,A, = uA, = Q Also u,= Vcos 60° ana % ov = @ Thus a: Pain geal Oe fxn See ar or of i Fax (92°) O(t~ 45 60") PUi- cosee) | Thus Gh (1) (6my 2 a cos boy (144 rm = fr tig FE ) and Q = 22 # —— isL 5.51 A vertical, circular cross-sectional jet of air strikes a conical deflector as indicated in Fig. PS.5I. A vertical anchoring force of 0.1 N is required to hold the deflector in place. Deter- mine the mass (kg) of the deflector. The magnitude of velocity Of the air remains constant. section(2) LN section (1) V = 30 m/s FIGURE P5.5! To determine the mass of the conical detlectr we use the Statronary , ven - determing contro! Volume shown in the sketch above. Application of the Vertical direction Component of the “near momentum eguation CEG.5.22) tre comkente of this contre! volume yields M(-W ty costo") =-& Ww = 1.9 = CGY cos 30) = PAY (y-cas30)-F 4) Thus €.1 can be exyressec as m= e ROY (Y-Ycos30) - & cone #9 I or 2 in z (i2 fg) % @im) (30 Spl e2-(ae sz] ot cone me OG8 =) ss . and = 0.108 & cae: 4pa 5.52 Water flows from a large tank into a dish as shown in Fig. P5.5 (a) If at the instant shown the tank and the water in it weigh W, Ib, what is the tension, 7,, in the cable supporting the tank? (b) If at the instant shown the dish and the water in it weigh W, Ib, what is the force, F>, needed to support the dish? For port G2 we apply He verfrtal compmert of the /intar momentum equation to the tmtenh of tontrt volume A, CV, ,% get SAAN Citta aMC) alt! To get value of yp we cpply Bernoulli's esguaker, fo tha fv trom the fee surhu of [he Waley in the fark +o the tank outle? fo get Vout = V2g%, = / @G22 Ho) = es.4 ft Then fra € 7.4) we get * = O54 Be) te (25-4 #) wot ft) _ ee ee ee eee FIGURE Ps8.s2 Foy, y sles. ft 16.5™ T= Ww, 28 lb For port (b) ve appl, Phe vertical component of fhe Ineov mone rhum eguation to the umknts of CV, to get ‘ ) Viste pie | = GM @ Cl c To get Va wees Bernovlli's equation between tree surtace of ee wolev in Hank to tee surfan of wake in lish Yo get Vine = [29 Chythe) = [20224 y(t ri2h) = 3768 oe / For mm we use tam bonsorabe's of mass , rr, 4, = ny, plat o So frm Eq e(@ ut get 2 a (37.6 Slr ete) nOA (2S = B-my Shag. FF ant Fy zw t+ 14.7lb ana Ye dank S- 445.53 5.53 Two water jets of equal size and speed strike each other as shown in Fig. P5.53. Determine the speed, V, and direction, 8, of the resulting combined jet. Gravity is negligible. Vp= 10 ft/s py m™ FIGURE P5.53 For the control volume shown in the sketch above the linear momentum @quation for the x and y directions ave, for the x directon -Va ev, h, + (Vos 6) eVA = IO: and for the y direchon ~V,eV,A, + (V7 sine) VA = 0 @) Also for conservation of mass we have PVA, + P\ahy - PVA = From &qs.1 and 2 we get 4k. Use WA, on 6 a =I 2 (Ou @ = cot Wak — cot )r ia = 45 WEA, a - TAs WOE Y ay (O18) Q) = oto L 30 ° ae = Now, combining Eqs. 2 and 3 we get -VWA,+ Vsine (VA,+V,A,) =O or and ah (iottya “out i [er tt) a¢oufi) (io £t) (0, (ost) | (sins? ) | (10 cs ) 410 1 and 9) V= 197 ft SsSot Section (2) 5.5 Assuming frictionless, incompressible, one-dimensional 9, _ flow of water through the horizontal tee connection sketched in“. —«) Fig, P5.5H, estimate values of the x and y components of the 10 ™ force exerted by the tee on the water, Each pipe has an inside diameter of 1 m. A, Vi = 6s W171 oT aco ke FIGURE PS. 54 We can use the x and y components of the linear momentum eguation ( &%.5.22) fo determine the x and y components of the reaction force exerted by the Water on the tee. For the contro! volume contaming water tr the tee, &4. $.22 leads to Re = PA tN OR = Rm + Vo, “ RF Ren awe es and Yea. &, @) The reaction eae in Va Joma 2 ave actvally exerted by the tee on the water in the contre! volume. The reaction of the wale on the tee is egual tk magnitude but opposite in dwection. Conservation of mass (Eq. 5.4) leads to 2 By = O37, = = YEO 10m? om) Tim) « 5.209 27 - 4 ¥ Abe a &, = Vee = 6B) ECm) = 4.712 5 Further (6.200 288 PY ys =a . esata) = £733 aan T (im) % and 4 3 2 & fo ™ y are = & FF) = 12.73 m es 7 (im)* - 7 (con't ) SPHS554 Ceon'F ) SS Secause the How is incompressible and frictionless we assume that Bernoullis equation (&y. 5:74) 1s valid thrmnghout Yh contral volyme. Thus Be pr ly? Bi) = 200k, (GF aE Yen) 079) foe =" =) or B= 137 Bio Also att A( Ee) = 2mbte + OOS) fey ony fe 2 2 2 or R= 195.3 RK With = = (200,000 Biron ‘ls )OA8 \(m i alae BEAN ang s x-divtchion Compment of force exerted 4 tee is _/85 AM. pte Do With &.2 Ry= (795 300 2m” — (13500 AF + (6781 2 pe &) 52 or ; + (6.73 ay(an Myers az) y= 4S BOON =~ 45.8RN and the y-direction component of force exerted by the water on the tee jis + 45.8 RN.5.55 5.55 Determine the magnitude of the horizontal component of the anchoring force required to hold in place the sluice gate shown in Fig. 5.55. Compare this result with the size of the horizontal com- Ponent of the anchoring force required to hold in place the sluice gate when it is closed and the depth of water upstream is 10 ft. EB FIGURE P5558 This analysis is similar to the one of Example 5.15 The contro/ volumes of Fig. € 5:15 are appropriake tor wse in solving this problem. When the shuice gate (5 Closed Gee Figs. E5ISa and E5.15¢) application of the x direction component of the linear momentum eguation leads fo ; a R= bots L(e24 & ) Cow) = 3120 = When the sluice gate i$ open (ste Figs. E5156 and ESISA) application of the x direction component of the linear momentum eguation leads fo = Lr 3: Bis pe Rents th Tt at Pah The exit velocity Uz may be expressed in terms of the jalet velocity u, With the conservation af mass eguatron as follads iit w= 44 h Thus 7 . 2 2 anys Re4tH -~£rh-F rpun-py z Assupnng Fz is negligibly small, we obtain 1 (62.4 16 Gott ) , * R= i(@ + 2 \io vi £294, )ast D) z 2 2 94 Lugs \/y Et (oft |) _/f: tort) (i_b + 9 age (4 yt en) (ey eyttes (*,) z = 1290 % Re —— Thus it takes Considerably less force fo hold tn place the sluice gate when it is opened as compared to when it /s cased. 5-48[ST 5.6 The rocket shown in Fig. PS.56. is held stationary by the horizontal force, F,, and the vertical force, F,, The velocity and pressure of the exhaust gas are 5000 ft/s and 20 psia at the nozzle exit, which has a cross section area of 60 in.”. The exhaust mass flowrate is constant at 21 Ibm/s Determine the value of the restraining force F,, Assume the exhaust flow is esseatially horizontal, “@ FIGURE Ps.56, The control volume contains the rocket and the fluid within the rocket as «indicated in the sketch. Application of the x direction component of the linear momentum equatian yields oO tecause the rocket is sfationary a aoa Z uedt + veya, > & - 84, ‘cv Int in> ne Sono 12) (21 le), — R= (20 ter — 14.7 ee )+ GC E ( # [2h . log 5 Ms F = 3580 lb, xSob 5.57 A horizontal circular jet of air strikes a stationary flat plate as indicated in Fig. 5.57. The jet velocity is 40 m/s and the jet diameter is 30 mm. If the air velocity magnitude remains constant as the air flows over the plate surface in the directions shown, determine: (a) the magnitude of F,, the anchoring force required to hold the plate stationary; (b) the fraction of mass flow along the plate surface in each of the two directions shown; (c) the magnitude of F,, the anchoring force required to allow the plate to move to the right at a constant speed of 10 m/s. @ FIGURE Ps.s7 control volume Ss SS " ww @) ween The nnon- determing control volume shown jn the sketch above is we, (a) To determine the magnitude of Fy we apply the componen} of the linear fiomentim eguation ( Ey. 5.22) along the direction of fy Thus , Lv CVAdA=ZE, or ha! . a A= mV, sin 30 = PAV.Y, sin 30° = pT OF V; Sin 30? ¥ or 2 2. BE = i &) tga wg ee ee = O6%N (b) To determine the traction of mass Mow along the plate surface in Gach Of the 2 directions shown 1m the sketch abale, we apply the component of the linear momentum eguation pavalle/ to the surface of the plate, [ UpV:AdA=ZFy, to obtain Kits plate = MY —Miglg rh; Vi cos 20° a Surface (cont) 5x505.57] (con't) Since is air velocity magnitude yemains constant, the value of R is sero* Thus frm efi 1 we obfain Su wane tyV, = 1, V, - ; Vi, 05 30° @ Since = Yau, &- a omens a vig riz cas 70" @® From conservation of mass we cmcelude that mi, = mt th, w Combining ys. Zana ¥ we get Mz = mm, - ia — thy cos 30" Vanes 4 nC 05 90°) (0.0670) yc mM ~ ta! = 1. (0.0 °% fal oF and oa; (1 0.087) = 1, (0-933) Thus, ra, ravolves 92-3)0 GM; and M,involies 6.7% of mi, « (C) To determine the magnitude of Fy requried to allaw me plak Yo move to fhe right at A constant peed oF 10 2, we use @ Nen- deformn, yng Control volume sike the one sh the sketch abeve that moves me right with a seed of on. The trans/ating conto/ volume VMaear momentum guatin 064.5:29) leads Yo > 5 Be Dp N- 2) 50 30° ka & . * te m Forming) = (23 i) meen) Oe <1 aKearety ) = and i = 0,34 N * Since \V=V2=\a and pf, = fa =fs and 2,2 2222 if follows that the Bernoulli egvation is valid from 1-2 and 1-3, Thus, there are no viscous etfects(Bennoulli equation i Valid only tor inviscid tlaw) so that ®=0. Hence, Ralong plate = 0. S- 515.58 5.58 Water is sprayed radially outward over 180° as indicated in Fig. P5.58. The jet sheet is in the horizontal plane. If the jet Section(1) velocity at the nozzle exit is 20 ft/s, determine the direction and magnitude of the resultant horizontal anchoring force required to hold the nozzle in place. x FIGURE PS5.58 The control volume includes the n03z3le and water befween sections (1) aud (2) 45 indicated in the sketch, above. Application of the Y ditection component of the Jineay momentum equatton yields fare = iy ae moe fuera ke = PARY Ginn sin0) and er +0 Fi aa Application of the X direchon component of the I/near momentum eguation leads t F J, peta ee ex Peni ofésenentig nea = ARV, (cos 0 ~ cos) 4 x ft and (rep) ) (Bin) (20 fy ¢ey/i a oH) ‘Bi ‘A 12 2) 12 a) # x ” ad = 43s 4, x e=58Baeg 559 A sheet of water of uniform thickness (h = 0.01 m) flows from the device shown in Fig. P5.59. The water enters vertically through the inlet pipe and exits horizontally with a speed that varies linearly from 0 to 10 m/s along the 0.2-m length of the slit. Determine the y component of anchoring force necessary to hold this device stationary. A contr! volume that contains the box portion of the device and the water in the lox as shown in the sketeh above is used. Applicaton of the ye durection Component of te linear momentum Aghation yields ot =) we [sev.R da ~ @| vi hd ‘slit The variation of w with x is linear or vz SOx g Thus Od a 2 3 ou Eyes es [sedan = (soy hx | ° (er tas0 £Yooom) fem) (' =) or = 66.6N Py?5.60 5.80 A variable mesh screen produces a lin- car and axisymmetric velocity profile as indicated in Fig. PS.$0 in the air flow through a 2-ft- diameter circular cross section duct. The static pressures upstream and downstream of the screen are 0.2 and 0.15 psi and are uniformly distributed over the flow cross section area. Neglecting the force exerted by the duct wall on the flowing air, calculate the screen drag force. my 0.2 psi Vy ~ 100 Ws FIGURE P5.40 Application of the axial component of the linear momentum eguation to the How through the conhel volume shown in the sketch leads to R “4 4A, [yeu amrdr = RA-R,- RA, ° or R 2 qi . R= pv 2 ewe (ina Ear + TE pa a ° 2 The value of Ung, May be obtained from conservation of mass as follows MPR ay - 8 (ot) = 1504 7 Bi eee Of 1dr Bs [02 tb yz Kee) i) ps jar (2F4) (144 m) i 4 PY tn) P, 2 2 ry Go 4) Ft)(1_ 6 __) _ a (oaose far iiee ewes Yio $) $ a 6 rp) He aF)5.6! 5.61 Water flows vertically upward in a ci cular cross section pipe as shown in Fig. P5.6l. At section (1), the velocity profile over the cross section area is uniform. At section (2), the velocity profile is where V = local velocity vector, w, = centerline velocity in the axial direction, R = pipe radius, andr = radius from pipe axis. Develop an expression for the fluid pressure drop that occurs between sections (1) and (2). FIGURE PS. 61 The analysis for this problem is similar Yo the one of Example 5/3. The control volume contains the fla/d only between sections (/)and(2) as indicated th the sketch. Application of the vertical or = component of the Iinear momentum equation leads to R -w,pw A, + [are zere = PA R +A, -W, Thus ly z w R 42 7 P-R = Re _pw? 2 ww, (Ra PR z em + pat) e ES rar w, (i) The weight of the water in the contro! volume may be expressed as W, = gah The value of wy may be obtaned from the conservation of mass equation as Hollows, pu,A, = fom (EE terre or wo = WA 7h a ar [CED (4 trae, Z To evaluate the rntepral f (1) rte we substitute Bee a R (3) then = -dr nae a (con't) 5-55£6! | (con't) and oe tae 49 gt [gyre =-f« "(nw Rde = HR (x) Combining Ess. 2 and 5 we obtain = 62 % = fy % Thus trom &g. 1 A ah apie Se 4 te) oe, [| B-1)"rdy egoh (6) aah = Be eels Ca le) 8 ce = To evaluate the integral R-t)"rdr we use Eys. Fand¥. Se Thus R 2 0 a (Rrra = fa "(io Ride = #4 Rp aap tes iy and &.6 becomes -p 2 2 — pul 4 0(102)u2 +goh ARs pie p HP or ap= & 2 + 0.02 pu, t goh TR* : Note that tn @ very s>mal/ Contrast to the result of Example 5.13, only a change bortion of the pressure drop is cue ro tn the momentum flow between sections | and 2th this case,62 5.62 Ina laminar pipe flow that is fully developed, the axial velocity profile is parabolic, that is, \ «-«[-()] as is illustrated in Fig. PS. . Compare the axial direction momentum fiowrate calculated with the protile with u= is a ea X, uniform pid uniform paraboli a pa TR Thus a= & and ME ape * Uniform, SES ME 2 PueTR anon uniform, 3 parr = average velocity, 7, with the axial direction momentum flowrate calculated with the nonuniform velocity distribution taken into account. ss Ss FIGURE P5.62 The axial direction momerrtum flowrate based on a unitorm velocity parr The axial divection momentum flowrate based on the non- velocity profile is tn poe LY peed fi eee To obtain a relationship between U aud Ug we use the conservation of mass ete as follows = eer ve ff ea) 4 A,5.64 5.64 _A Pelton wheel vane directs a horizontal, circular cross-sectional jet of water symmetrically as indicated in Fig, P5.6# and Video V5.6. The jet leaves the nozzle with a veloc ity of 100 ft/s. Determine the x direction component of anchoring force required to (a) hold the vane stationary, (b) con- fine the speed of the vane to a value of 10 ft/s to the right, The fluid speed magnitude remains constant along the vane surface. FIGURE 5.64 (To determne the x- diiection component of anchering Farce reguired Yo held the vane stationary we use phe stabionory contro! volume shown above and the x- divechon compinen’ of The /intar montntum equation (6g. 5-22). Thus, Ez malyr geass)
fad Ue ra = (15m) (130 Be )CT RE) _ 204m ‘ 60s = Min Jad UL = bw =Cogsm 030 Hs GT rey ) (60 ee ) The tangential velocities, Vy, and Vg, may be obtained with the help of the yelocity triangles sketehtd below. 100 G. y Section (2) } 1 6m fe Ve.1 (con't ) +705.78 (con't) With the velocity triangle for section (1) we see that %, = U, # Ww, Sin 10° G@) Also W, @s 0° = Vi, and G 2) oO ie vy 7 Be B_ .TF__ _yo7m A any h, 27 (I.5m)(0.45m) S Thus ; wee MeL = 07 (707 F) = 219 2 ' @sto" cos ye 55 Qand_ with &4.2 = ah L189) Sin jo? = 21.6 Vey p= macontae + (718 & ) sin to 3 with the velocity triangle tr section(2) we conclude that Vz = U- Wa Sin 0° (3) (con't ) 715.76 con't) Also 3 3o @ W, cos 4o’ = V,,= Ze @& = G ow) = 125m 2 - Ar 2arh, — 2% (0.85mYa4sm) and V, of Wo= Ma , EF) gs om C05 t0° COSY? Si Thus from £4. 3 = m)sinyo’ = LIZ ™ Ya, 2s ~ (16.3 2 ) sin to EZ Finally , with 4.1 we obtayr isgy “Elim Borge names 2 é = -/28xj0 Mm _ ~129x10° W =-12.¢ MW Ss ———<$<—_ ee Ww. shat} The minus sign means power out of the contol volume. 5-72,Saag 5.79 A water turbine with radial flow has the dimensions shown in Fig.P5.79.The absolute entering velocity is 50 fs, and it makes an angle of 30° with the tangent to the rotor. The absolute exit velocity is directed radially inward. The angular speed of the rotoris 120 1pm, Find the power delivered to the shaft of the turbine, Section (1) ceaen te) @ FIGURE PS.79 The stationary and non-detormpg control volume shown tin the sketch adbwe is used. We use £3. 5.53 to dekrmme the shatt power Involved. Thus = -m UN, A a w. shatt The mass towrate may be oblamed fon (2) m= pV, A, = PY, err h, where Vip, = radial component of velocity at sectin()) The blede velocity at schon (I) /s = arr vad) | Uz rw 2 mene eee Oe aay ic) Prin The values of Vy, and Y may be oblarntd with the help of a velocity triangle for te tlw at section (1) as skethed bolo, 225, Voi (con't ) 5-735.79 (con't) With the velocity triangle we conclude that V4, = Vy 330° = V cosso° = 60 th YGing0") = 26 ft Then trom £g.2 = (+94 slags \(25 ft) 29 (2 tt)(1 Ft) = 60 slags (99 Yes #) tp Abo with the triangle we see that Wy, = Yes 3° = ¥ sinso® =(50 ff ) cos 30° = 43.3 tt Then, With &g.1 we dbtam Y a - (610 rigs peer i ft 39% 3 ft (SE z) Ww. shat Ww. ze 603x100" ft. Ie shat} —— s In horse pavtr we have 3x10 ft-lb 5 What oa i ) (590 #4 s-hAp 5-745, 80 . 5.80 Shown in Fig. P5.¢0are front and side views of a centrifugal pump rotor or impeller. If the pump delivers 200 liters/s of water and the blade exit angle is 35° from the tangential direction, determine the power requirement associated with flow leaving at the blade angle. The flow entering the rotor blade row is essentially radial as viewed from a stationary frame. FIGURE P35. 30 To determine the power, Wenafe » we use the moment-of- momentum power equator (BE '2 65) fo abtein Wrgtt = UY, = pAaUY, a net in We obtain U, from +s U. = par = (Sem )Cz000rm ) (Cem fat nan A ee, (ee BD Ces) To determine Ye, we use the velocity tangle sketched bela. , Uz Ve 2 to get 4.x U-“Rm is Tan 3s? oF) es For V4 We use 2. a | alge yio wy tee ¥2 AL 2Teh ((000 oe) 29 (1BemYzem) ” 7.074 mm (con't ) 5-75= 8 (on? ) From 3.2 we obtain a _ 7074 @ Vo, * #72 m S = 3702 m tan 35° 4 Thus with Eo./ we get ; + ; Wear 7 (194 & \Ge0 likes, 12. BG 202 NS) ners (1000 & or Wriatt = s BHEXIO Nim net tn a ana Wo, = 398 RW shatt net tn 5165.81 each tion. 8/ through a radial pump rotor are as indicated in Fig. PS. 1. (a) Determine the energy added to the rotor. (b) Sketch an appropriate blade sec- stationary contro! The velocity triangles for water flow a eitlumen, unit mass (kg) of water as it flows through FIGURE P5. 1 (a) To determne the energy per unit mass added 10 the water Flowing through the roto we use the moment. of. momentum work eguation (&g. 5.54) to get Ysnape = UG, * LY, 0 neti We note fram the section (2) velocity triangle that Yer UY, To ascertain VY, We note tam the sechon(s) velocity Triangle that _ Vea tan 30 (2) From conservabon of mass behveen sectons () and (2) we Cnthd. that Ve Via a Waa: 1 Vee Ww, Ae. Ww, AL m A, With Egzr, Ver ed ) Pea Nig Deh Apa oa” One ~ (Cm) (e412) + ai «ss )- fot he net tn (con? ) Fn5.61_| (Con'*) (6) An appropriate blade section would be opprximately tangent to tne section (1) and sechon(2) velahive velocities, w and W,, The relative flow angle trom the radial direction af Section (1) is B= tan fUt Lee] = a (pate) = 396° a2 The relative flow angle trom the radial eclvection at sechor(2) jis 0°. Thus, the blade sechon js as sketched below. 5-78mee 1, = (I 5.82 An axial flow turbomachine rotor involves the upstream (1) Ww. and downstream (2) velocity triangles shown in Fig.P5.82. Is this y }U, = 30 fs W2/ Ju, =30 tts turbomachine a turbine or a fan? Sketch an appropriate blade section and determine energy transferred per unit mass of fluid. Veo. Vy=200 @gA/ @FIGURE Pss2 We can determne whether the axial How furbernachne involved is a turbine or a tan by comparing the direction of the sift force on the vetor blade s€cton with the divecton of the blade velocity U. JF the lift fore and the blade velocity are ii the same direction a turbine is involved. If the lift farce and blade velocity ave in opposite duections , a fan is nvolved. the divecton of the litt force can be smferred from the shape of the rotor blade section sketched to be tangent the relative Hows entering and leaving the votor row. The entermg relative How angle, £ , Box tan ee tax GOH) gg? y (20 zt) Thus, the rotor blade sections sketehed Gelns are appropriak (con't ) =F(sz | (con'?) Since the lift force acting on each roby blade section js in the same divechon as the blade velocity we conclude that this turosomachine /s a turbine, The energy transhyred per unit mass is the shaft- Work por unjt mass , ep eit Which Wwe can dekrmne with Eg. 5.54. Thus “haty = ~ U, Voy a) From phe velocity triangles we. obfapa ye = Ww. sth bo" — UL and Wo = We ay Vr+ Vy Thus 2 sin bo" - U, pais -Y Wry sin 60 ) ft 1 lb - - (of #)II/( / (cott} + + Gott) singo° — 30 #t il(= Z| my = — 368 ft lb shat} oes shig or a le _ 14g FAA agp 28 FA de FEE ia Slug (32:2 ley lom slag [oe eak eee 5 Bo5.83 5.83 An axial flow gasoline pump (see Fig. P5.83) consists of a rotating row of blades (rotor) followed downstream by a stationary row of blades stator) The gasoline enters the rotor axially (without any angular momentum) with an absolute velocity of 3 m/s. The rotor Blade inlet and exit angles ate 60° and 45° from the axial direction. The pump annulus passage cross-sectional area is constant. Consider the flow as being tangent to the blades involved. Sketch velocity triangles for flow just upstream and downstream of the rotor and just downstream of the stator where the flow is axial. How much energy is added to each kilogram of gasoline? this an actual or ideal amount? ~ HB FIGURE P583 the velocity triangle for tow just upstream of the votoy is sketched below tor the arithmetic mean radiiys. w, u V2 3m 5 With the triangle we conclude that we we = G ee) = 6m ‘cos 60° Cos boe = and U = W,3in 60° = (6 m) singo" = 5.2 m 1 i: s tcon't) Ss - Bl5.83 | ont) The velocity triangle for flow just downstream ot the rotor is sketched below for the arithmetic mean radus. ly incompressible flay Vy, = V. For mean raduis tlav UY. Thus tor relative How lange! to the blade we dbtan the velocity tviangle sketched below. y Mo With the triangle we conclude that Vor = Ui - Wa = UAV tents" = 5.2.01 fm) tentss 22 Oz Also F g = tan (#) = tan! [22 8) 4. == eee Y E Ke fe (7 2) Wie ee eet cos 4s? Cos 45° a v, = Mer = 3H) = 3.72 4 0s @ cos 36.2" a Ustiig the statronary and nan-detorming contol volume showp above in the first sketch of this solution and &g. 5.54 we can calculate the energy added 1? each kg of Gasdine. pape = Ulor = (52 B22 Ee ar This is the actual amount of energy detvemd’ yo he vai However, not all of it is absorbed by the gasoline come “is lost. = U4 Meme ay S- 825. 84 St Sketch the velocity triangles for the flows entering and leaving the rotor of the turbine-type ‘low meter shown in Fig. P5%4. Show how rotor angular velocity is proportional to average fluid velocity. @ FIGURE PS.8% (Courtesy of EG&G Flow Tech- nology, Inc.) Fo a section of the turbine blade at radius r, the blade moves tangentially with a velocity t= +@. The velocity triangles may be sketched @5, Shain. Wi Wr | U Von | Using &3. §.50 We get ap Bee eee Few nearly 3010 Tehaft O =e PAU = Vi fone Z a 4 Gos Vy 2 tan Be Y 5-83585 | 5.95 By using velocity triangles for flow upstream (1) and downstream (2) of a turbomachine rotor, prove that the shaft work in per unit mass owing through the rotor is V3 - Vi + UF - U} + Wi We Ca a where V = absolute flow velocity magnitude, W = relative flow velocity magnitude, and U = blade speed. Any set of velocity triangle for flew throvgh a turbemachire rot row would give the same result, We use the tangles of Fig. P57. a yu ty Ty. we U [ere ° yu, From the inlet flow velocity triangle we get 2 2 Ms Wave, i) and a 2 is 2 x » K, = W-(Ktu)= Wave -2yy-y (2) xo , Combining 645. 1 and 2 we obtam - Weve Vegas Meise (3) From the outiet flow velocity rangle we get 2 ai jt Van = Yo Yee ) and : iz bs 2 2 a: Vow i (Ly) WEE UG (con't) 5+ 545.91 5.91 A 1000-m-high waterfall involves steady flow from one large body to another. Detemine the temperature rise associated with this flow. This is like Example 5.22. To determine the temperature change we use the velahonship Ep de, ti) . She where the specific heat, C = 1 7 ap. We use the energy im equation C&g. 5.70) te obtain t-G = 9 C,-t) @ Combining Eps. (| andz yields Eq = g9(2,-%) c or oe Gal 2 \(1ow mCi B ese k =a) Bis a a Cink) E ) Eaten Setk 5-87585] (con't) Combyning &gs. and § we obtam 2 - SWity () & Yer Zz Fov the set of velocity diangles sna ~ Ue, + Oe, fa) het in Combining &35. 3,6 ana 7 we obfan 2 2 2 ® a RY e UU WwW, spat net in Z S-85§, 90. 5.90 Is anecessary condition associated with application of the Bernoulli equation zero heat transfer? Explain. From Eg. 5.78 , we contlde that to application of the Bernoull’ eguation (loss = 0) ee te, Gnet = ae ~ Thus the heat” transtor, J yep, with application of the Bernoulli equation js met necessarily 30r0. No. S- 86Lye 5.92 A 100-ft-wide river with a flowrate of 2400 fi°/s flows over a rock pile as shown in Fig. P5.92. Determine the direction of flow and the head loss associated with the flow across the rock pile. ay GFIGURE P592 To determine the direction of flaw we will assume a Adirtchin 2 Use the energy efrahor (Eq. S84) and cakulak the | | Aead loss, If the teadl lass is poosifive, our assumed dyrech, of flow (5 cowed. If the head loss 18 néqative which is not Physicallg possible, our assumed director “ot How js wong. So, assuming the flow js tum right to let) o tam part (i) to Point (2) tn the sketch above, we get | using Eg. 594 line : 4 0,79 shabt werk, v | aiee Bye = By oe toh (mee 2 (2-229 - ee a a eae "Ay, “Gen(wF) = a AL and | a Bl (ate Beats sas 4 Gate / a a Se ES yolk to (6f) _ CD ug ag ee 29 29 are 2(%2#) 2ff22ft) + h = 0.32 Ft and since bh, 1s postin, aur assumed — ca right left flow js cowect a | ———— 5-88OS 5.93 Air steadily expands adiabatically and without friction from stagnation conditions of 690 kpa (abs) and 290 K to a static pressure of 101 kpa (abs). Determine the velocity of the expanded air assuming: (a) incompressibie flow; (b) compressible flow. This is rimilar to Example §.27. @) For theompressible Hav, the Bernou/|) equation (Eq. 5.104) applied to adlabatic and frictionless How from the stagnation State fo the sfafic state leads to Vas /2CR, - P) a) where the ideal En equation of State yrelds eee fe = ay, @) Combining &s. (and2 result mm Ve /2&-P)RT x or y 2 [2 E80 Pm Cats 690 Kfa(abs) (7 and Vs 377m = 5 (b) For compressible tn, yg. 5.3 applied te adiabatic anol trictionless tlow tam the Stagnation state +p the shake shite leads to v= FEVE- 2) a However for this process ue = Constant aa (Cont ) S895.93 | (Eon't) qi -2/2\ hus = fe (2) 4) combining £91. Zand + feads and a < VE: ae © With the ideal equation of state C&q. 2) &]. 5 becomes [G£)%[-)*] V i ae in 2 or V 2 (1-40) (289 GE aul a. a co (1-40 -1) rr 1 aud V = 5¥O m —s S- 90.[3.74 | 5.94 A horizontal Venturi fiow meter consists of a converging-diverging conduit as indicated in Fig. P5.94. The diameters of cross sections (1) and (2) are 6 and 4 in, The velocity and static Pressure are uniformly distributed at cross sections (1) and (2). Determine the volume flowrate (ft/s) through the meter if p, — p, = 3 psi, the flowing fluid is oil (p = 56 Ibm/ft), and the loss per unit mass from (1) to (2) is negligibly small. FIGURE P5.94+ Dy = 6 in. Section (1) Ss Section (2) The contal volume shown in the stetth above is used. Application of the conservahon of mass eguithinn (6g. $13) to the sheompressible sadly How through this conto! volume leads fo Q=AyV ez hy a Application of the energy equation CEg. 5:79) 10 the Haw shrough this control volume yields 4 £ x oe oe yr (2) ee 2 Ce a Combining &ys. 1 and 2 we dblan 2 Z + a. e @ a See Ph or ; _ A-P. i “fe Neal J hee aT | P CIN) | Q= PAGS fin Voz2 Be BF, ! e (56 be) a wp ("tts ("Spe Py) [: & " & ~ _N ork S97BGS 5.95 Oil (SG = 0.9) flows downward through a vertical = | pipe contraction as shown in Fig. P5.95. If the mercury section() manometer reading, h, is 100 mm, determine the volume flowrate for frictionless flow. Is the actual flowrate more or less than the frictionless value? Explain, = The volume flowrate’ may be obtained with FIGURE P5.95 Q= AY = A = Hy. wey a) To determine either VY, or V, we. apply the energy eguaton (€4.582) to the flow between sections (i) and (2). Thus, mee Es = Bry Poot - at 2 tI 2 et I% ce hat lbs (@) eh &gs. | and 2. we obtain D. 3 oP 1-(B J - (3) To determine P-P. we use the manometer eguation tam Sechon 2.6 fe cobain a B - 7 “ a 1) - 9@,-%) (4) Combining £95. 2 and 4 ve a Sm ve = [294 Cah a fe aa zd - (01 m)( Be v= 2481 B)(O1 Maa 0) 5 ae / 100 mm q 300 mm , 700 mm and trom &.1 we have ae norm) (5.292 ) = a.042 m 4 Actual flowrate wonld be Jess than the trichenless valuc because the loss would be sreakr than the 3¢ro amount used above. B-925:36 5.96 An incompressible liquid flows steadily along the pipe shown in Fig. P5.96. Determine the direction of flow and the head 0-75 m loss over the 6-m length of pipe. SFIGURE ps6 Assume fow from (1) to (2) and use the energy equation (E. 5-84) to get for the contents of the. Control volume Shown : - 2 A Te oe a +24 Kh 5 29 a 29 esl sd Ths hoz & Rt 2-t = Bm ~ Om 15m = 25m iy alee = Aad smce h >0, the assumed direchon of flow is correct. a The Flow is uphill.597 5.97 Water flows through a vertical pipe, as is indicated in Fig. P5.97. Is the flow up or down in the pipe? Explain, ft h Mercury FIGURE PS.97 The control volume shown in the sketth above is used for steady, incompressikle tlw downward frm (A) 40 (8) we obtain fam €g. 5.7 2 2 & o bs Zeno Be Lt 9%, cy From conservaton of mass we conclude that Va = Me Thus tram E41 (055, + gH + ant However the manometer eguation (se Section 2.6) yields Ae - g[Ali- 5G,)-4] P and 1055, = gh (- 56yy) which is a negative quantity since SGy = 13-6 . A negative Joss js not Physically possible so the How must be Ypward from 8 A. For upward flow the abdve andysis leads to ere Ssc= 4/55, = gh (s6,,-1) which is positive and there tore physically yeasonatle. 5-94$.978 | 5.98 A circular disk can be lifted up by blow- be ing on it with the device shown in Fig. P5.98. Explain why this happens. FIGURE P5.98 Applying the energy eguation (&g.582) to the flow tam section(1) anywhere within the space between the two circular oisks fo section (2) at the exit of the flow between the two disks we obtain 2,% Aa y ~ loss 2 Ci 2 We rote that the exit pressure, RB, is py - Thus, Ey.) becomes . P= Pam + P(4~4") 4 hess ) With conservahion of mass * we Conclude that = Ar D, yekoe.yus te 7D Which when combined with &.1 yields P* Paty, t eb [1- (pp) 4 ® We Conclude with &.2 that the presswes Within the How behiten the 2 disks are waastly less thar p= By Sie 2h and loss is 9mall. An exctyhon is The stegnatim pressure where he tebe How wmpacts on Phe later click. The less than atm osphane pressure value of p vesult tn the disk being Lifted Yo. $295.3.97 5.97 A siphon is used to draw water at 20°C from a large container as indicated in Fig. PS.99. Does changing the elevation, h, of the siphon centerline above the water level in the tank vary the flowrate through the siphon? Explain. What is the maximum allowable value of h? FIGURE P5.99 The volume tovrak through the siphon is yelated velocity by the eguation Q2=VA where A is the Constant cross sechon area of the siphon. Thus V ts Constant throughout the siphon, Assuming Steady, incompressible flow without fictton allows us to use the Bernoulli eguation between any two points Along & pathling, Thus re and i+ appears as TF Y and thus Qi ts constant and independent of the vahe of A. Howtver, if the Bernon/l, equation “2 wrilfen ty flaw between pom 2 and 3 we tbfasn ZB Br Brey sip B 7 = BRO, 2 and we conclude or Since B= P, , as h beanes lager, B becomes smaller. The maximum vahe of tr is associated with the minimum value of 2 which is the vapor pressure of water. Thus pte 62 ° 3 4 2 BR. (72140 Bi) — (238400 4) twat, (PORVOO = 2S oH. = %.06m 5-965, 100 5./00 A water siphon having a constant inside diameter of 3 in, is arranged as shown in Fig. PS. lol. Ifthe friction loss between Aand B is 0.8V?/2, where Vis the velocity of flow in the siphon, determine the flowrate involved. FIGURE P35. 100 To determine the towrak, Q, we use Es a= Av= toy oe To obtain V we apply the energy eguation (EG. 5.82) behuen Points A ani & 1A the sketh above. Thus, fbr ' be 9% fiifen, + Hyp — Joss Ct in or Ve 79%,- 08Y* 7 **% I% Thus V= 9% ~%) Z 2.2 f(g A) - 19 ft oF 04 = and with &g.] a Q- TY Gin.) 16.9 fy. 0,530 #7 4 (14% to” ) ooS101 5.101 Water flows through a valve (see Fig. P5.0)) at the rate of 1000 Ibm/s. The pressure just upstream of the valve is 90 psi and the pressure drop across the valve is 5 psi. The inside diameters of the valve inlet and exit pipes are 12 and 24 in. If the flow through the valve occurs in a horizontal plane, determine the loss in available energy across the valve. FIGURE P5.{0! The control volume shaun jn the sketch above /s used. We can use ©. §-79 % determme the loss im available energy associated with the sncompressible , steady tow through this cardvol volume. Thug 2 loss = R-Ry Yn i From the conservation of mass principle 2 Vie pA, PTS and , 4 = Mm * ae ‘ Thus loss = FOR fs le a - * 4 ss = (50 nN fe) ; [loco (4) (28) (ail ORE Fone ptf) he loss = 5600 ft slug 5-985.102 5.102 Compare the volume flowrates associated with two different vent configurations, a cylindrical hole in the wall having a diameter of 4 in. and the same diameter cylindrical hole in the wall but with a well-rounded entrance (see Fig. P5.102). The room is held at a constant pressure of 1.5 psi above atmospheric. Both vents exhaust, into the atmosphere, The loss in available energy associated with flow through the cylindrical vent from the room to the vent exit is 0.5V3/2, where Vp is the uniformly distributed exit velocity of air. The loss in available energy associated with flow through the rounded entrance vent from the room to the vent exit is 0.05V3/2, where V; is the uniformly distributed exit velocity of air. FIGURE PS5.102 59\<—— section (2) This is like Example $23. The volume flowrate fr each vent conkguration is oblemed with Q=AK= THY, a and the exit velocity, of etch vent js obfamed wilh the cnengy Graton (6 682). Taus, oO COB + gla fe )— loss a or eee BEE EIS ei Va a aud z Z2h- ye [2B-A) @) POR) For vs pga Vent with An abruph Cntrance, Eg. 2 leads fo QS psi C144 om ey 4 Gana aay rosy th 1b 5) = 3429 4 and with t we ebtarm = rte (haa f 30.4 a Cay cota ry ad De = Fooinea cylindrical vent with a rounded entrance, 2 leads s 144 y= 2105 )CN @ = 45.9 ft (23x Byirwer( deg ) and wilh & 1 we obtain t C 3 é = VUtin} (58H) . 3.3 H Peer eneatd 4C Min emi fe $-995.103 5.103- A gas expancs through a nozzle from a pressure of 300 psia to a pressure of 5 psia. ‘The enthalpy change involved, fy — fz, is 150 Btu/Ibm. If the expansion is adiabatic but with frictional effects and the inlet gas speed is negligibly small, determine the exit gas velocity. Because of the appreciable pressure drop involved in this gas How we consider this problem to involve Compressible Haw. From &y. 5.71 we obtain , Gee) or v, = /2 (5 ioe = \C 2740 ft Ss S u ” \ 5-l00104 5.104 For the 180° elbow and nozzle flow shown in Fig. P5104, determine the loss in available energy from section (1) to section 6 in. ve Uatl (2). How much additional available energy is lost from section Volume (2) to where the water comes to rest? ae Section (2) s 12 in. = Py = 15 psi Vi = 5 tts ‘Section (1) FIGURE PS. /04 for solving the ti'st part of this problem, the control volme shown in the sketch above is used. To determine the loos accompanying Flow trom sechon ¢ 10 Sechon 2 &. 5.79 can beused as follows. / 1055, = Aah + + 9%,-%) Since x-y Coordinates are specified we assume that phe How 15 hotizental and #,-2,2 0. Also, B2p, = Opi. Fron the camservation of mass principle we conclude that Ke th = u(2 a) Thus vs,» 2 + YE GI] = Fy if-@ 2)'] ? or iS Joss, = (Ze me NAA ed 2) Peis H fi-¢ Win) fi te G " a) é (2) (ey yloss, = 926 Fhlb slag For the second part of this problem we consider the How of a fluid portcle tam sechon 2 % a slak of rest, 4.£3.579 leads to a oss = MV, / 3 Note that we have assumed that Pista Pam re 2.7%: Thus a ake ae lo Vv. ¥72). fo i tb wos, = ee ee) ve) 68) K sig. ft) 2/05, = Zoo ft.le = sugFOS 5.105 An automobile engine will work best when the back pressure at the exhaust manifold, engine block interface is minimized. Show how reduction of losses in the exhaust manifold, piping, and muffier will also reduce the back pres- ‘sure. How could losses in the exhaust system be reduced? What primarily limits the minimization of exhaust system losses? We apply the energy equation (&% 543) to the How fara the engine block, exhaust manifold ler tac. fy fhe exhaust SY3Rem exit to get Ty our 7 la - Ay + pl tos) a With &%.1 we see that reduction OF loss ip the exhaust System results in a& lower value of P, and thus the engine back pressure. Losses jn the exhaust syskon conld be reduced by eliminati 9g major loss componen such as the Catalytic converter and the muffler as /s offen done mn Yace Cars. However, noise and emissions legislation limits the exkent fo which this Kina of loss reduction can occur in convenfional yehicles. Some foss reduchon can alo occur by con figuring the exhaust system piping wilh ftw bends and appropriate area adistibufions. However, veguirements often leads to bends and turns im the pipm and Costs limit the extend af optimizing area disrribubone. S-loz5.107 5.107 (See Fluids in the News. 5.3.3.) A 200-Ib force applied sorber shown in Fig. P5.107 artic titled “Smart shocks,” Section to the end of the piston of the shock ab- ‘causes the two ends of the shock absorber From a force balance on the cylinder PA fale, = 2000 or with 9-9 fe 2.00/b/A, =2001b/ CE (re ft)*) = 3,67 x10 = 255p5i From the energy equation, frat h =f +Z, +, where BFIGURE P8107 pA A A 200/6 tb « ; =2 Assume $= 50 Hi. 2,72, Yao, yest, 217755 psi, ad f= 2 Asso 0 S= 50 Fs om! V2 3.67x108 Hi h- Ata ~ “0 ‘5 HY j + Gan) = 734 0.380 = 734Ft 5- 1035.108 5.108 What is the maximum possible power output of the hydroelectric turbine shown in FigP5.108? Turbine FIGURE P5108 for flow tom sechon(t) to sechonfz), fy. $82 yields 2 2 Rt Mega e FY 49%, + “hate ~ 155 G) Si a * Coe net in HEE B= Paty Wott = “ogg, BL Can be expressed as aetin nef wut spaft = 92-2) - het out The maximum work or power output it achieved when lossso, E A 4 a = mw = m/9z-2,)- % Woes shat ls i ee a Net out nek out Maxionum XL os Now i= = ro: “2 m= uA = a TOs 2 GMik Your im). no tt and p : Wate = (4710 491 Gar V( 50m) - (6 1) | net out ( FC ay sen) - E2) areal maximam a im Se Wren = 222xt0 MM 2 nee W = 220 MW net out eo —_— maximum 5-1045.109 5.109 The pumper truck shown in Fig. P5.109 is to deliver 1.5 ft'/s to a maximum elevation of 60 ft above the hydrant, The pressure at the 4-in.-diameter outlet of the hydrant is 10 psi. If head losses are negligibly small, determine the power that the pump \ ‘must add to the water. Hydrant BFIGURE PS.109 To solve this problem we first use the energy eguahen (GSH) for flan tom the hydrant exit (i) 40 the maximura desired elevatim of 60 t+ (2) Jo get h, or m this case, the pump head. With the pump head we Can get the Pump power fron. £85. 0 o x 4 Ry fa boe rh e 729 2g - | A= 4-2,-f -% | - = ? a 8 te BD aa a 1212 Tv woe 4, Ay fe h, = 60 #4 - (ofhs\(me 8) — (ig.2 #) mI (84 2(#2.2 & ) | A, = 2.9 tt = Wag = Vb, = (4b (SH )Ga24) feet AYN § (550 Fl = 5. hp = S48 hp shatt ea net in 5-105EW 5.1110 The hydroelectric turbine shown in Fig, P5,1/0 passes 8 million gal/min across a head of 600 ft. What is the maximum amount pf power output possible? Why will the actual amount be less? From the energy equation () Fay Poaz Wah - = Bia rE Tw ay ml 7 Ay by & 2 "Fp BFIGURE PSD where ~,=0, 2-9, and V,=0. Thus, a h, a (22-2) +h 4 And, the power is given by Wo = 0 =20lla-2,1#h,0 The maximum power world occur if there were no losses (h,= 9) and negligible kinetic energy at the exit ( V,%0, large diameler ovtlet). This, Wyy, = UO(2 -2,) = 62.44 (oxy S4t min max iw 13 HD tpg $5004) -6.67K/0° Bh che =-1,21x 10% hp a The minus Sign ie associated with power out, The achaal power will be less by amounts cevreaponding to loss and exit kinetc energy. 5-106Sill Qe=20m 5.111 A pump is to move water from a lake into a large, pressurized tank as shown in Fig. P5.111 at «rate of 1000 gal in 10 min or less. Will a pump that adds 3 hp to the water work for this purpose? ‘Support your answer with appropriate calculations. Repeat the prob- Jem if the tank were pressurized to 3, rather than 2, atmospheres. BFIGURE PS.ii vit A225 ae tho-h = tz, ta, where p= 9 %-0,V;-0 and z,=20H. Thus, M h=h+ ot Also, . Q>{1200gal) /iominy] ( (HE fan) = 0,223 £ so that eI f= Me = mdse) «97 LS HG (62-42) (0.223 #) (a) If si = 2 atm = 211472) (4M /pP) = 423048, | then From Ey.) “ht ae +20ff = h, 487.944 Ths if Wy © h-82.8 HE = 1194-8284 = 31.241 the given pump will work for f= 2aln, (b) If p,=3 atm = 6, 3501, then oh, + 350-3 2 he At Gah) ae h,tlazt Thus, if this pump is to work H9tt =h, +1224, or hy &~3tt Since it is not passible to have h,<0, the pump will net wark for #2, <3odm. - 1075.112 | $.1/2 A hydraulic turbine is provided with 4.25 m’/s of water at 415 kPa. A vacuum gage in the turbine discharge 3 m below the turbine inlet centerline reads 250 mm Hg vacuum. If the turbine shaft output power is 1100 kW, calculate the power loss through the turbine. The supply and discharge pipe inside diameters are identically 80: mm. We consider the turbine inlet and discharge to be sections (i) andG). fo flow tom sectims (1) to(2) &%. 5.82 yields loss = FAR + 9 (2,-2.) - Wy a Tid het out Since ee and smaft ~ ~ “shaft net out net in For power loss through the turbine we need multiply 3. 1 by the mass Hlowate, m, thus power loss =m /p- (Ge 4 9 (2-2,) - Wey, (a) net out However Sore = (999 49/425 m?) 2 4246 He aah «(tm MyYers @) a att Also B 2-25 m Hy (P(g) = (025m ison fy (ttm 1 ) 4g mi BK tym 4 N a =~ 34300 & With &- 2 N power [oss = (116 ) (tee + 2K) (00k Yi 2m ya | (egy ie m ‘ N. : -(ie" te) pouty loss = 930,000 N™ . 930 RW ¢ ——— 5-108y= 60 pal HIE) @ = 150 fis Section 5 I at 5.113 Water is supplied at 150 f1/s and 60 psi to a hydraulic turbine through a 3-ft inside diameter inlet pipe as indicated in Fig. P5.113. The turbine discharge pipe has a 4-ft inside diameter. The static pressure at section (2), 10 ft below the turbine inlet, is 10-in. Hg vacuum. If the turbine develops 2500 hp, determine the power lost between sections (1) and (2). apie Pp = 10 in. He ‘vacuum Dy = 4 ft FIGURE P5.113 ‘Section (2) For How berveen sections (1) and(2), £4. 5 82 ees a power loss “etek Bu) + 8-2) + ace -We, Fron given date id B= ClO in. Hy) (13.6)Ct Bote )G22 BY 7 %) + toss] = oQ[ 92-2) + ev) ) net in From the Volume Hlowrate we obtain p= Bw Se EP) Ve are pre a 776zptt 7 Mi Aba ad 4€( 2h. Thus , from Eg. / ee ; = (1-9 sls) (2.5 $F .2 #¢ Wragg 7 OF SEZ #) [cs 2 £t)(504) net in a Gore gy ce ie Fg & 550 th Both = 28h shat ——- net th 5-18$122 5.122 Water is to be pumped from the large tank shown in Fig. Nezae area = 0.01 m? P5.122with an exit velocity of 6 m/s. It was determined that the Pipe area = 0.02 m? original pump (pump 1) that supplies 1 kW of power to the wa- eT Pao ter did not produce the desired velocity. Hence, itis proposed @) 2! that an additional pump (pump 2) be installed as indicated to in- 2m crease the flowrate to the desired value. How much power must 4 pump 2 add to the water? The head loss for this flow is hy, = 25002, where hy is in m when Q is in m*/s, Vea hs viz By sz, tai th, b= sz, BFIGURE P5.122 where fi=frz9, =O, 2,<0, 22m. Thos, ho=h, +t, where Ve28m/s so that Q =A. =0.01m*(6M/s) = 0,06 "Ys Note: h, = houet th, leap Thus, with f, = 250Q* 22.50(006) =0.90m jf follows that h, = 0.90m + 2m+ ee = 473m so that - W, =0@h, 2(2.90x 0°, )(0.08 2) (472m) 2 2.78x10 MM = 2.76 kW iene W,=W, pump | + Wounya = 2.78 kW, with Wires IkW Hence, Woumps, = 2.78 kW- 1kW = 1,78 kW 5-4/9S123 5.123 (See Fluids in the News article titled “Curtain of air,” Sec. tion 5.3.3.) The fan shown in Fig. 5.123 produces an air curtain to ‘separate a loading dock from a cold storage room. The air curtain is Air curtain (0.5 thickness) Ajetof ar 10 fewide, 05 thick moving with speed V = 30 fs. The loss associated with this flow is loss = K,V*/2, where K, = 5. Open door ‘How much power must the fan supply to the air to produce this flow? B FIGURE P5.a23 #42, “" ptheb= Bi taste maece 2 loss AX fn20, 2222, 72, ie Thus, Ny=h+ ve = ste, VE 2 3M. 308 9 EF GaaB Hence, W, =3@h, = eg A, Veh 5 =(0. 00238 ssn, 2 Elio H\ose(sozt) (93.94) Phlb = 764 EA (Atep) =), h25he_ 3-1205.124 5.124 _ If aj-hp motor is required by a ventilating fan to produce a 24-in, stream of air having a velocity of 40 fs as shown in Fig. P5.124, estimate (a) the efficiency of the fan and (b) the thrust of the supporting member on the conduit enclosing the fan, @ FIGURE P5.124 (a) The soluhan b this pert of the problem is like Example 5-24, We use Wepa fe ~ (058 7 Wshaky to caleulale the fan efficiency, We use the energy eguahon(G.532)br How through the comet velume shekhed above calculak fhe loss as Pollows 2 Bawage - & +Msge,+ Wsfapr — [255 id Zz C. 2 net ig Fi But BER and 2, = 8, 5 YEO, whee = DL a ae Pe? In m Also aah eee So i 2 loss = “shaft — Ve te panels het in a ze WV ze fb t + lan EnV Ee) wo) (07 8 Moi ae “7 OMG] (6) A 2(32: me) (9325 fen) y (ont ) g-1215.124 | (con't) Joss = 44% He 249 Fe 9.2 Bh - Nery, Ln be, Je ay TEL _ /9.2 Fb > Bm amie acy 44 Fi la Por Momentum equation te evaluate the Anchring fore reguired % hold the far yp place Fo= YUM AX Fran part Ca) a mye 24 ey [yo b sie ee (i427 $8 Yh ae leg) AT (S23 fe Year) 4 m = 9.41 tbe MR r 2 (yo 4G" *) a7n7 4 a eer ss (322 ttt a 1b..F% Jo my \ (6) We use the horizontal cumponent of the Petes =H S-12%5.125 5.125 Air flows past an object ina pipe of 2-m diameter and exits as a free jet as shown in Fig. PS.12% The velocity and pressure upstream are uniform at 10 m/s and 50 N/m?, respectively. At the pipe exit the velocity is nonuniform as indicated. The shear stress along the pipe wall is negligible. (a) Determine ' the head loss associated with a particle as it flows from the p=50.Nim® })— 10 ms uniform velocity upstream of the object to a location in the wake at the exit plane of the pipe. (b) Determine the force that the air GFIGURE P5125 puts on the object. () To dekrmine the loss sutered by a fluid particle as it flows from (1) te a location im the wake at (2) we apply the St cguation (eg. 5.84) to that parkicle thw te get: EEK EEA zee Ee td Te, i) a ie Baw a rey, Fy, ae eee SO) ao 2(wig) 2(2ng) To determine the head loss associated with the entve flow across the object we use the non-uniform How energy eyuahon C&. £89) for How fon i) t (> Hotel Tax contr! volume Be vo the sketeh fo get: Aah es fs fe. (L) From “ eat we RE tln nes OS - eka a ae Soe BE = ‘ L?VA &, be. ee GZ) becomes YF as Bea hye Cee Lge ° 5; 7s 7 eva) + eva), = st (con't )$125 | (Con't ) 3 3 VAL EAS if * Me ae i og 4 VAR cna and 2 4? 42 Fe h Gok) (oes | (2 ofa tn] iy rte Z (24) 2(efize) itu, 51 ((% zy te + oz) [eNLal) +@2 2)" Bro-fin) hy = 2$em (b) Te dekrmane the force that the air puts on the object. he, we use the horizontal component of the Inear Pena Lorahon to get: 2 “0074, + POA 10 A= BA, Fe and thas = Sit a 2 R, = BA, to 4, Yr Anm t G54, 2 ait, d — PU Yara: ne Ge “4a, "p= Dee (28 £2 (3) wie XS) -123 4g bs fees nfs] yet) S-1245-126 5.126 Water flows through a 2-ft-diameter pipe arranged horizontally in a circular arc as shown in Fig, P5.126. Ifthe pipe discharges Pas to the atmosphere (p = 14.7 psia) determine the x and y components of the resultant force exerted by the water on the piping between sections (1) and (2). The steady flowrate is 3000 ft?/min, The loss in pressure due to fluid friction between sections (1) and (2) is 60 psi. Rx contre | Volume HB FIGURE P5.126 To deterrmne the x and y components of the resultant bre exerted by the water on the piping between section (1) and@) we use the K and y components of the lintar momentum eguation (E522) For fhe conto! volume Containing the water i the pipe belveen section (1) and (2), &g.22 leads fo ex 2 e a) Re RAV PQ = -R TD Yip and R, = GATE (3) The resultant force Components 1 &s. | amd 2 are exerkd by the pipe on the waler. The resulfan) force of war on pipe is Guat in magni tude byt opparite in direction. To dekrmine Pp, we use the Chergy eguatton , Eg. 5.83. Thus, B= plloss) = bo psi 7H1 pSia, (we need to use absalufe. presiures) Also # Ba Gee | payaitt mrlatv} (605 ) ° ¢ in With 7 oes bie, = retin) TA G@#) nae tn: 2) (542 $8) (4 ef ‘t00$t V0) or oa) R, = -32,200/ and the x aeeien Component of the force exerled by te Waker on the pipe behveen sections (1) and (2) 15 + 32,200/0. (con't ) F1255.126] (con't) Wi &%-2 we obtain Aetcpsinpmteeiibori?) + (5.92 Ft) (94 ‘tgs (S000 f° 1 le \ 1 . 9790) seomcesbantin 8) Sa elt el #1 ana the y-duvecton component of the force exerted by the waky on the pipe behwter, Sechins GQ) and @) is ~ gap Ib. 5-126| $z7_] : 5.127 Water flows steadily down the inclined pipe as indicated in Fig. P5.127. Determine the following: (a) The difference in pressure p, — (b) The loss per unit mass between sections (1) and (2). (c) The net axial force exerted by the pipe wall on the flowing water between sections (1) and (2). Mercury may b@ Obfamed from the manometer (ste Secton 2-6) with the Fluid statics equation (a) the difference in pressure, p- Pp, , -p 2-4 [tty singe + 6%) ry (bin RR 0 [4 aia + Hed To 3, lo or #) 4 ; 6 (62-4 (05 £4) = 2377.6 ROP, = C2) [ornsints (5 H)] + Panerry yest) 2rd and Rep = 23718 1 = 1.65 ps! FE (144 in fa (0) the loss per unit pi’ cebwen sectons()) Gnd (2) may be obtained with & 3. 5:79. Thus 2 loss « Ee + eM 1908-25) = (27 ae ag 303 & 4 Haye tin fe le oa) loss = oa (c) The net acial ae exerted by the pipe wall on the fowing water may be obfained by Using the axial component of the Vines momentum eguation (EG. 522). Thes tor The Conte! volume Shovn abwe - OP'p- R)- map “(L) sin 30°=_Tr PH ee-n pyretsn se] or ine #2} fay. + (24 Bev aa and R27 72216 eI or 722 lb opposite to Flow direction. S-/27S$.12g 5.128 Water flows steadily in a pipe and exits as a free jet Area = 0.10 12 through an end cap that contains a filter as shown in Fig. PS.128. ‘The flow is in a horizontal plane. The axial component, Ry, of the anchoring force needed to keep the end cap stationary is 60 1b. Determine the head loss for the flow through the end cap. ee Area = 0.12 ft® frase na MB FIGURE P5129 The y-component of the momentum equation, Sw e Vads es fy, for the control volume “Shown is 6 Ye@CU)A, +EV, sin30°) 0 Vs Aa = 14, ~ Ry where V,=10 ft/s and 2 we ky, = (HEHE ) Uo rte) = 12 Hs Thus, since PAV, =@AzVs, Eq.(i) gives PrA, = Ry ~ OWA, - eVh' sin 30°A, = Ry- PAMIV, +¥4 sin30"] = 60 1b -(.94 S82) (0,12 8%) (10 fio H +12 & sinz0"] = 22.915 ‘ence, p= 22.8 1b/A, = 22.81b/ (0.1242) = 190 lb/ft? From the energy equation for this flow, Ar Mpa op ee lL 2 | dotsy-(aHe~ 2-2 90 Ib/H} [sy /s) h, = i % a = 62 41S * 2 G2.2FG) 2.36 a 2 5-128$129 5.129 When fluid flows through an abrupt expansion as indicated in Fig. PS.1 the loss in available energy across the expansion, loss,,, is often expressed as I ¢ arg =) ions, = (1 —S2\, Re Ay 2 where A, = cross-sectional area upstream of expansion, A, = aa cross-sectional area downstream of expansion, and V, = veloc- actions ity of flow upstream of expansion. Decive this relationship. alterndie Section (2) location of section (1) FIGURE P5.129 Applying the energy equation (€g. 5.82) to the flow tam sectiolt) te secton(2) we obtain loss, = PR » Yr a) Applying the axial divechon component of the linear momentuy Cguation (63-522) 40 the fluid confamed 1 the contol! volume from secton (1) to section (2) we obtam Ry + PA - RA = “UY PAY > Vo pA, @) Now, if we consider section (1) as eccurving at the end of the smaller diametr pipe (the beginning of the larger diameter pipe) as indicated m the shekl, above , Ey. shi) yields the expansjon [05s and &. 2 Gecomes R, + RA, ~ RA, = MAY + pAy (3) Note that with section(I) positioned at the end of the smaller diameler pipe, BZ acts over area A, . Also, because of the Jet flaw from the smaller diameter pipe jity the larger diameter pige, the Value of R, will be small Cnongh Compared to the other terme 1 EG. 2 that we can drop Ry Frm &.3 Fr. yt yt D a aa ae Combe'ning Gs 1 and 4 we obfain 4 A = Ccon't ) mee nays /os5,, = YAY A yp YK Sehey5/29 (con't) From conservation of mass (&5:/3) we have wet Combs’ ming e: ag 6 we get eae beisy = vey - YB) * ie or losiy, = hg) - age] [085405 vi - (- g) 2 @ 5-1305.136 5.120 Two water jets collide and form one homogeneous jet as shown in Fig. P5.10. (a) Determine the speed, V, and direction, 6, of the combined jet, (b) Determine the loss for a fluid particle flowing from (1) to (3), from (2) to (3). Gravity is negligible, Vy=4 mis ™ FIGURE P5.130 For the water flowing through the contol volume sketched above, the _ f L) 2 : %- and y- director Components ef the linear momentum uation are ~\jevA, + Vytos @eVjA, = © a) and ~VieVA, + Vysine pV, A= 0 (2) From the conservation of mass principle we get — OV, A,= pVaky + PVgh,= 0 Combining Eqs.) and 2 we obtain eouese ie 2 YA ME gy BE 030 Vas a = = 0.3086 7 (ER) Tlo.tam™ 4 @) So . 9 = tan’ o.zoge = M2 Now, combining Eqs. } and 3 we get -Vaghst Vycos @ (VA, +e V,A,) = 0 or Be Vi Be Na da V, = cos 6 (VA +v,8,) us 6 (v,d?7+V,d> ) v= EB) (o1emy, Thus (con't ) 13st5.130 | (con't ) To determine the loss of dvailable Rnergy associaled with the Flow thidugh this corhol volume we obtain by Spplyting the enevoy Spates: 3) ~ (B+ Mya, - (Ke YE) my sar ne = (a) Also, the conservation of mass equation , £4.3, tan also be written as “Mm th, = O (5) omens) Eqs. die 5, we obtain fn, (4-4 1)+ m, (4s ‘ye m (ee | +™ fies ) The left hand side of Eq. Yepiesents . Yale of available energy less in this fluid flow, Thus en loss ‘ts Fate of lee = QV (¥i—Ma oN, 2) eihe(a 2) re of ls « ol [vats d+ av,(iis8)] (6) or Thus ta a NS iz ae 2 re of las = OO wal *y =) (0.104 »|C s\-tos)] Al ie ize ie 4 (Olam y(¢ es ea )- (aa! | and 2 rate of loss = 558 Nom 5 5-1325.F3l 5.13/ Water flows vertically upward in a cir- section (2) cular cross section pipe. At section (1), the ve- ~ locity profile over the cross section area is uniform. At section (2), the velocity profile is aaa i oi where V = local velocity vector, w, = centerline velocity in the axial direction, R = pipe inside radius, and, r = radius from pipe axis. Develop ! an expression for the loss in available energy be- L tween sections (1) and (2). PR ccction @ flow For determming Joss we use the energy eguathon for non- Uniform flows ,~ €g. 5.87. Thus , 7 f i f i) q i 1 i I f 1 1 fi 0 ' 0 a <2 iiss = Eee SS +9%-%) (1) z2 Fram comservafion of mass Cee. 5/3) we have aa Ake, with Ey. $06 for the kinehe energy coethiciend & we have ‘ = 750 since the velocity proble at sechon(r) 1s unitoam. Ar stchin() we solve €3-5.86 (see soluhon fy Problem 5/25) anct gblain = 106 Dus, &g. 1 yields loss = fi-R - 0.06 ¥, Pp z a # 9(2,-2) 5-133S192 5.132 The velocity profile in a turbulent pipe flow may be approximated with the expression 2° (Ge) where u = local velocity in the axial direction, 4, = centerline velocity in the axial direction, R = pipe inner radius from pipe axis, r = local radius from pipe axis, and n = constant, Determine the kinetic energy coefficient, a, for: (a) n = 5; (b) n = 6; () n = 7; (d) n = 8; (e) n= 9; (f)n = 10. For the kinetic energy coethiciento, we may ase £3. pe Thus, 7 ey rrde = file 2fulé) ag) LONE) A) o For the average velocity, A, we may use £y.5.7. Thus, Spe 2 fufeyaley = 2ufi-gieg) (2) Pe 4 4 To facilitate the integrations we make the subshtytion Va ae (3) --z) (4) nd €%.2 becomes a 9-2 bec zy le: Bm de OE ~ rn = £95. 3,4 and F we obfan Ae ie A¥(oa) da ‘|; znr Jee 7) 7, 2n* ” i ae (3 try(342n), n (G) For n=5, es: b yields 3 ee i 2(5)" jf seniors OF a (345 )[3+26)] 2(5)* = (b) Far n= 6 x = 108 (c) For n=7 Nofe: Look at Figs. B.I7 and BID tor important sntormation about these different velocity ey) le PRGTeS, 5-1345.123 _A small fan moves air at a mass flowrate of 0,004 Ibm/s. Upstream of the-fan, the pipe diameter is 2.5 in., the flow is laminar, the velocity distribution is parabolic, and the kinetic energy coefficient, a, is equal to 2.0. Down- stream of the fan, the pipe diameter is 1 in., the flow is turbulent, the velocity profile is quite flat, and the kinetic energy coefficient, az, is equal to 1.08. If the rise in static pressure across the fan is 0.015 psi and the fan shaft draws 0.00024 hp, compare the value of loss calculated: (a) assuming uniform velocity distributions; (b) considering actual velocity distributions. (a) For uniform velocity distributions upstream and alwnsheam of the fan, &. 582 is applicable. Thus, era 2 oR Joss = Fao lout pM Nap + 908 A Pik) * Weta a -P 2 net ta . We obtain ste shaft work, Wiper, hom the giren shalt poser, W,, , With Wetghe etm &: 4 ial Cnet = nbn (a. c002t hp ) (750-268 ) 33 ft ad mn 0.004 Ibm bm For Vi and Vy, we use &. S11, Gets : ; fom a” em et ame BIC BE) was Dm : PA, pp ®2, 2.38 10" eg) //37.2 Ibm ) I (2-5 tm) . i CG RoC eS) 4 wee | oat My fie ey hut Dy 7 Now from Eq.1 we obtain - ‘i ; i on 5314)” 9.57 HY fh joss = 2.05 81 NEB) eset) EL lise, 2 = 957 # id ae ber CU in. C3ex¢ fig G22 & we zy. (2:30 x10 lus )G22 Lom 2 eR slag = #33 ft-lb lh (6) For nan- uniform velocity distributions upsheam and dounsheam of the fan £9.5.87 1s applicable. Thus i 0 fr ah Ee = toss = Lin Pat ¢ Vig ~ Vout aut 6 JOC Put) + shat net in z = * loss =~ 2/0 Fb 4 [(2a0153_) — (02 (9.57 BY te ae Tn 2 2 ug. Lt ie2hn) 433 Ftle loss = 3.36 Fh Ten = Yn 5-1355.134 Air enters a radial blower with zero angular momentum. It leaves with an absolute tangential velocity, V,, of 200 fs. The rotor blade speed at rotor exit is 170 ft/s. If the stagnation pressure rise across the rotor is 0.4 psi, calculate the loss of available energy across the rotor and the rotor efficiency. To determine the loss of avarlable energy across the rotor we use the energy equation (EG. 582) td oblayn : ject — ao: Cn Joss = Tina Feat, Vin ~ Vouk 90s Sas) 4 “att Pp NOP tin er loss = Tin Bout 4 “sate (i) Pp net in The shat} work tn, Winger 0% lee obtained with the manent of— e momentum Wok eguation ¢ €g.5:5¢). Thus, Upete = Vout No eut (2) ner in Combining gs. | aud 2 leads to loss = Palin =F owt yp eee 2? or ea loss 2 — Got PEC FR) + (7 ft 200 #! cory) (438 x10" seg 7 Me 5ig. Gah sty, # and a hss = file 2 9800 thlb = 305 Ft1b a ion oh Slag (32.174 te, tom Atlas ) Tom As was done in Erample 524, we caleulak rotw etheieney tam hate - hoes, Vv. _ rotor efficiency = a 2 Lat Mang = 1055 Weoey Us%o G7 pemtyis — 7800 Hk _ 97, (108 Lert NGgZ) 5-136eS 5./35 Water enters a pump impeller radially. It leaves the impeller with a tangential component of absolute velocity of 10 m/s. The impeller exit diameter is 60 mm and the impeller speed is 1800 rpm. If the stagnation pressure rise across the impeller is 45 kPa, determine the loss of available energy across the impeller and the hydraulic efficiency of the pump. The analysis of Example 5.27 is applicable solving this Problem. Using £9. 6 Of Example 5:27 we obtamn Gotual total pressure vist acrass impe ffey loss = UV, - . HOMCeT, yev bad t= tw = loomm) (00 me dOr Re) a ZXi000 raen ) bos i. s m a) Thus P = 5462 ene Nv Ea ‘aid Nv / Joss 6 2M 2) oe) ae 4 ( ”! Joss = 116 tim = 4% From 64.5 of Example 5.27 we obtyn actual total presure vise across wmpeller y Vy 2 at O50 & ) Cf Be r- fs = 9.296 (546 2 (ve ay a ty B Se136. 5.136 Water enters an axial-flow turbine rotor with an absolute velocity tangential component, V,, of 15 ft/s. The corresponding blade velocity, U, is 50 ft/s. The water leaves the rotor blade row with no angular momentum. If the stagnation pressure drop across the turbine is 12 psi, determine the hydraulic efficiency of the turbine. Jo determne the efficiency of the turbine we use ” = _gctual work out actual Work out + loss The actual work out, Wena, 1S cbtatned with the net out moment - Of — momenturs werk eguation (by. 554). Thus, () nate = ~ “spate = UV. @) net out et i ko To determme the loss of avallable energy across the re use the €1 chon (&y. $82) fo sbfa ‘otoy we e thergy esuettion (& ay un 2s jess = aT i = Van + 92, @ a 2 Combyiaing gs. Zand 3 we obfain Joss = fein > out -U, 4%, a e . Combining Gs. 1,2 duet # we ob fain 7 Le. 7 = Un an x Uy, Vain (se fYyis ie) inl a —=—_e——— YY, loss foin & out C12 psi) (144 fe) e 794 $e) and fe? 4 = 0.842 5-13837 $.137 An inward flow radial turbine (see Fig. P5)37) involves a nozzle angle, a,, of 60° and an inlet rotor tip speed, U;, of 30 fi/s. The ratio of rotor inlet to outlet diameters is 2.0. The radial component of velocity remains constant at 20 ft/s through the rotor, and the flow leaving the rotor zt section (2) is without angular momentum. If the flowing fluid is water and the stagnation pressure drop across the rotor is 16 psi, determine the loss of available energy across the rotor and the hydraulic efficiency involved. = FIGURE P5.137 An analysts like the one of Example 528 would be apprpviake for solving this problem. Since a turbine is involved ih this problem, Wepy gy, = ~My yy and trom by. of Example 5.28 net In netout we can conclude that loss = Stagnation pressure dup across Wehr _ yy aid a out However tom £4,554 we see that “pate = Yate = ~ UY, = yap het in net ont and thus loss = Sopvetion PES Cp OO whe -U%, 01) To determe the value of Wy, we examine the velocity wiangle for the Flow entering the voter that is skehched below. From the velocity triangle we obtain _— uw : Ve W 1 Vo 1 (Con't ) S-1395/37 | (eon't ) From €3.1 we obtain hss = (6 Ba Coad pe) (08) 04 2+ 4 494 slugs sha. Ft _ w? 75 ) loss = HB Ftd =r slag From &g. 5.82, we Can conclude that tye tiles! oa Stagnation pressure drop across the voy het out a or in ofher words, the stagnation pressure Aro acwoss the rotor results in shaft werk and toss of available energy. Thus 4 meaningful efficiency i's O shaft hi Be) nero, rohw 7 oor S10 are CENCE 16 pode) “V4 shu Oa) AO) =O3B7S S-1405.138 5.138 An inward flow radial turbine (see Fig. P5.137) involves a nozzle angle, a, of 60° and an inlet rotor tip speed of 30 ft/s. The ratio of rotor inlet to outlet diameters is 2.0. The radial component of velocity remains constant at 20 ft/s through the rotor, and the flow leaving the rotor at section (2) is without angular momentum, If the flowing fluid is air and the static pressure drop across the rotor is 0.01 psi, determine the loss of available energy across the rotor and the rotor aerodynamic efficiency. y= 30 Ts BFIGURE P8137 To delermme the loss of available energy across the rot we use the energy eguaton (&%.5.82). thus, neglect len zy iC ae tee + las 7 902, S 8) * Hopes a) hetin the shaft work, Wshatt 1 13 cbftted yy/th he moment-ot-momenhinr Work equation Céqy"Sisy), Thus, Mats © Py, = — nate @) net 1 het ont and Combining Eys. | aud 2 yjelds 2 Joss = Pome Ue ory @ 7 SF 7 Or To determine vi and we Conshouct the velocity Priangle sketched bela. Ver \Z v yo |%, (con't) S-4l5.138 (con't) With the velocity tiangle we conclude that y= Ce) _ yo ft = 5 ¢0° and Yo, = Y sin 60°= (40H) sineo* « 34.04 Ft Since the flow leaving the rot is radial , then : = ft Vy Ape nO) = Zz From &g 2 we obfaw loss = (01 rae for s(n i) fet) - ~ ty z) Canis) Qagxid FD ee 3 or aH — (@ ft )(s9.64 fyi; 4 Ke tle fi m7. loss = as = (166 fe) I —— slug slag (2214 &) 256 ftlb Ihe efficiency may be obtained with Tom actual work out UVe 1 actual wot ont + Joss UV, t loss 1 Ve ft ty, te - G08) (34,64 2) ‘ia, # ) meee (30 fH (ayen ey/7_ 4) » 166 FL POON ae) S- 1425.140 5.140 Force from a Jet of Air Deflected by a Flat Plate Objective: A jet of a fluid striking a flat plate as shown in Fig. P5.126 exerts a force on the plate, It is the equal and opposite force of the plate on the fluid that causes the fluid momentum change that accompanies such a flow. The purpose of this experiment is to compare the theoretical force on the plate with the experimentally measured force. Equipment: Air source with an adjustable flowrate and a flow meter; nozzle to produce uniform air jet; balance beam with an attached flat plate; weights; barometer; thermometer. Experimental Procedure: Adjust the counter weight so that the beam is level when there is no mass, m, on the beam and no flow through the nozzle. Measure the diameter, d, of the nozzle outlet. Record the barometer reading, Hy in inches of mercury and the air temperature, T, so that the air density can be calculated by use of the perfect gas law. Place ‘2 known mass, m, on the flat plate and adjust the fan speed control to produce the necessary flowrate, Q, to make the balance beam level again. The flowrate is related to the flow meter manometer reading, h, by the equation Q = 0.358 h', where Q is in fi?/s and h is in inches of water. Repeat the measurements for various masses on the plate. Calculations: For each flowrate, Q, calculate the weight, W = mg, needed to balance the beam and use the continuity equation, Q = VA, to determine the velocity, V, at the nozzle exit. Use the momentum equation for this problem, W = pV?A, to determine the theoretical relationship between velocity and weight. Graph: Plot the experimentally measured force on the plate, W, as ordinates and air speed, V, as abscissas. Results: On the same graph, plot the theoretical force as a function of air speed. Data: To proceed, print this page for reference when you work the problem and click here to bring up an EXCEL page with the data for this problem. @ FIGURE P5.140 (aon't ) 5-143

Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (Solutions Manual)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (Solutions Manual)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like